|
/* $Header: /cvsroot/esrg/sfesrg/esrgpcpj/shared/tk_base/tkentry.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 04:59:57 dtashley Exp $ */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* tkEntry.c -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This module implements entry widgets for the Tk |
|
|
* toolkit. An entry displays a string and allows |
|
|
* the string to be edited. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
|
|
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* RCS: @(#) $Id: tkentry.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 04:59:57 dtashley Exp $ |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "tkInt.h" |
|
|
#include "default.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each entry |
|
|
* widget managed by this file: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct { |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the entry. NULL |
|
|
* means that the window has been destroyed |
|
|
* but the data structures haven't yet been |
|
|
* cleaned up.*/ |
|
|
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Used, among |
|
|
* other things, so that resources can be |
|
|
* freed even after tkwin has gone away. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with entry. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for entry's widget command. */ |
|
|
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Table that defines configuration options |
|
|
* available for this widget. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure". |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
char *string; /* Pointer to storage for string; |
|
|
* NULL-terminated; malloc-ed. */ |
|
|
int insertPos; /* Character index before which next typed |
|
|
* character will be inserted. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Information about what's selected, if any. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected |
|
|
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */ |
|
|
int selectLast; /* Character index just after last selected |
|
|
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */ |
|
|
int selectAnchor; /* Fixed end of selection (i.e. "select to" |
|
|
* operation will use this as one end of the |
|
|
* selection). */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Information for scanning: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int scanMarkX; /* X-position at which scan started (e.g. |
|
|
* button was pressed here). */ |
|
|
int scanMarkIndex; /* Character index of character that was at |
|
|
* left of window when scan started. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Configuration settings that are updated by Tk_ConfigureWidget. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_3DBorder normalBorder; /* Used for drawing border around whole |
|
|
* window, plus used for background. */ |
|
|
int borderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around window. */ |
|
|
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ |
|
|
int exportSelection; /* Non-zero means tie internal entry selection |
|
|
* to X selection. */ |
|
|
Tk_Font tkfont; /* Information about text font, or NULL. */ |
|
|
XColor *fgColorPtr; /* Text color in normal mode. */ |
|
|
XColor *highlightBgColorPtr;/* Color for drawing traversal highlight |
|
|
* area when highlight is off. */ |
|
|
XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */ |
|
|
int highlightWidth; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw |
|
|
* around widget when it has the focus. |
|
|
* <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */ |
|
|
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion |
|
|
* cursor. */ |
|
|
int insertBorderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around insert cursor. */ |
|
|
int insertOffTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend |
|
|
* in "off" state for each blink. */ |
|
|
int insertOnTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend |
|
|
* in "on" state for each blink. */ |
|
|
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insert cursor. */ |
|
|
Tk_Justify justify; /* Justification to use for text within |
|
|
* window. */ |
|
|
int relief; /* 3-D effect: TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc. */ |
|
|
Tk_3DBorder selBorder; /* Border and background for selected |
|
|
* characters. */ |
|
|
int selBorderWidth; /* Width of border around selection. */ |
|
|
XColor *selFgColorPtr; /* Foreground color for selected text. */ |
|
|
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first |
|
|
* character is used for displaying all |
|
|
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. */ |
|
|
int state; /* Normal or disabled. Entry is read-only |
|
|
* when disabled. */ |
|
|
char *textVarName; /* Name of variable (malloc'ed) or NULL. |
|
|
* If non-NULL, entry's string tracks the |
|
|
* contents of this variable and vice versa. */ |
|
|
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in |
|
|
* the C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
|
|
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
|
|
int prefWidth; /* Desired width of window, measured in |
|
|
* average characters. */ |
|
|
char *scrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with |
|
|
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means |
|
|
* no command to issue. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the |
|
|
* configuration settings above. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */ |
|
|
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. Both |
|
|
* string and displayString have the same |
|
|
* character length, but may have different |
|
|
* byte lengths due to being made from |
|
|
* different UTF-8 characters. */ |
|
|
char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying. This may |
|
|
* be a pointer to string, or a pointer to |
|
|
* malloced memory with the same character |
|
|
* length as string but whose characters |
|
|
* are all equal to showChar. */ |
|
|
int numDisplayBytes; /* Length of displayString in bytes. */ |
|
|
int inset; /* Number of pixels on the left and right |
|
|
* sides that are taken up by XPAD, borderWidth |
|
|
* (if any), and highlightWidth (if any). */ |
|
|
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */ |
|
|
int layoutX, layoutY; /* Origin for layout. */ |
|
|
int leftX; /* X position at which character at leftIndex |
|
|
* is drawn (varies depending on justify). */ |
|
|
int leftIndex; /* Character index of left-most character |
|
|
* visible in window. */ |
|
|
Tcl_TimerToken insertBlinkHandler; |
|
|
/* Timer handler used to blink cursor on and |
|
|
* off. */ |
|
|
GC textGC; /* For drawing normal text. */ |
|
|
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */ |
|
|
GC highlightGC; /* For drawing traversal highlight. */ |
|
|
int avgWidth; /* Width of average character. */ |
|
|
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for |
|
|
* definitions. */ |
|
|
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset; |
|
|
|
|
|
char *validateCmd; /* Command prefix to use when invoking |
|
|
* validate command. NULL means don't |
|
|
* invoke commands. Malloc'ed. */ |
|
|
int validate; /* Non-zero means try to validate */ |
|
|
char *invalidCmd; /* Command called when a validation returns 0 |
|
|
* (successfully fails), defaults to {}. */ |
|
|
} Entry; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Assigned bits of "flags" fields of Entry structures, and what those |
|
|
* bits mean: |
|
|
* |
|
|
* REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has |
|
|
* already been queued to redisplay the entry. |
|
|
* BORDER_NEEDED: Non-zero means 3-D border must be redrawn |
|
|
* around window during redisplay. Normally |
|
|
* only text portion needs to be redrawn. |
|
|
* CURSOR_ON: Non-zero means insert cursor is displayed at |
|
|
* present. 0 means it isn't displayed. |
|
|
* GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this window has the input |
|
|
* focus. |
|
|
* UPDATE_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means scrollbar should be updated |
|
|
* during next redisplay operation. |
|
|
* GOT_SELECTION: Non-zero means we've claimed the selection. |
|
|
* ENTRY_DELETED: This entry has been effectively destroyed. |
|
|
* VALIDATING: Non-zero means we are in a validateCmd |
|
|
* VALIDATE_VAR: Non-zero means we are attempting to validate |
|
|
* the entry's textvariable with validateCmd |
|
|
* VALIDATE_ABORT: Non-zero if validatecommand signals an abort |
|
|
* for current procedure and make no changes |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define REDRAW_PENDING 1 |
|
|
#define BORDER_NEEDED 2 |
|
|
#define CURSOR_ON 4 |
|
|
#define GOT_FOCUS 8 |
|
|
#define UPDATE_SCROLLBAR 0x10 |
|
|
#define GOT_SELECTION 0x20 |
|
|
#define ENTRY_DELETED 0x40 |
|
|
#define VALIDATING 0x80 |
|
|
#define VALIDATE_VAR 0x100 |
|
|
#define VALIDATE_ABORT 0x200 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each |
|
|
* side of the text in the entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define XPAD 1 |
|
|
#define YPAD 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The following enum is used to define a type for the -state option |
|
|
* of the Entry widget. These values are used as indices into the |
|
|
* string table below. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
enum state { |
|
|
STATE_DISABLED, STATE_NORMAL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *stateStrings[] = { |
|
|
"disabled", "normal", (char *) NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Definitions for -validate option values: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *validateStrings[] = { |
|
|
"all", "key", "focus", "focusin", "focusout", "none", (char *) NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
enum validateType { |
|
|
VALIDATE_ALL, VALIDATE_KEY, VALIDATE_FOCUS, |
|
|
VALIDATE_FOCUSIN, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT, VALIDATE_NONE, |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* These extra enums are for use with EntryValidateChange |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
VALIDATE_FORCED, VALIDATE_DELETE, VALIDATE_INSERT |
|
|
}; |
|
|
#define DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE "none" |
|
|
#define DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD "" |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Information used for argv parsing. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection", |
|
|
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, |
|
|
0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", |
|
|
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", |
|
|
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", |
|
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-invalidcommand", 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), |
|
|
0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", |
|
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate), |
|
|
0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand", |
|
|
(char *) NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-validatecommand", 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand", |
|
|
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd), |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Flags for GetEntryIndex procedure: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define ZERO_OK 1 |
|
|
#define LAST_PLUS_ONE_OK 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub- |
|
|
* commands) and map the indexes into the string tables into |
|
|
* enumerated types used to dispatch the entry widget command. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *commandNames[] = { |
|
|
"bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "index", |
|
|
"insert", "scan", "selection", "validate", "xview", (char *) NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
enum command { |
|
|
COMMAND_BBOX, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELETE, |
|
|
COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_ICURSOR, COMMAND_INDEX, COMMAND_INSERT, |
|
|
COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SELECTION, COMMAND_VALIDATE, COMMAND_XVIEW |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *selCommandNames[] = { |
|
|
"adjust", "clear", "from", "present", "range", "to", (char *) NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
enum selcommand { |
|
|
SELECTION_ADJUST, SELECTION_CLEAR, SELECTION_FROM, |
|
|
SELECTION_PRESENT, SELECTION_RANGE, SELECTION_TO |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int ConfigureEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr, int objc, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags)); |
|
|
static void DeleteChars _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int index, |
|
|
int count)); |
|
|
static void DestroyEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((char *memPtr)); |
|
|
static void DisplayEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); |
|
|
static void EntryBlinkProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); |
|
|
static void EntryCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData clientData)); |
|
|
static void EntryComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
|
|
static void EntryEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
XEvent *eventPtr)); |
|
|
static void EntryFocusProc _ANSI_ARGS_ ((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
int gotFocus)); |
|
|
static int EntryFetchSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)); |
|
|
static void EntryLostSelection _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData clientData)); |
|
|
static void EventuallyRedraw _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
|
|
static void EntryScanTo _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int y)); |
|
|
static void EntrySetValue _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
char *value)); |
|
|
static void EntrySelectTo _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr, int index)); |
|
|
static char * EntryTextVarProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name1, char *name2, |
|
|
int flags)); |
|
|
static void EntryUpdateScrollbar _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
|
|
static int EntryValidate _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
char *cmd)); |
|
|
static int EntryValidateChange _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
char *change, char *new, int index, int type)); |
|
|
static void ExpandPercents _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
char *before, char *change, char *new, |
|
|
int index, int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)); |
|
|
static void EntryValueChanged _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
|
|
static void EntryVisibleRange _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
|
|
double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr)); |
|
|
static int EntryWidgetObjCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static void EntryWorldChanged _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData instanceData)); |
|
|
static int GetEntryIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr, char *string, int *indexPtr)); |
|
|
static void InsertChars _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int index, |
|
|
char *string)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The structure below defines entry class behavior by means of procedures |
|
|
* that can be invoked from generic window code. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static TkClassProcs entryClass = { |
|
|
NULL, /* createProc. */ |
|
|
EntryWorldChanged, /* geometryProc. */ |
|
|
NULL /* modalProc. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Tk_EntryObjCmd -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the "entry" Tcl |
|
|
* command. See the user documentation for details on what |
|
|
* it does. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* See the user documentation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
Tk_EntryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
register Entry *entryPtr; |
|
|
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin; |
|
|
|
|
|
optionTable = (Tk_OptionTable) clientData; |
|
|
if (optionTable == NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_CmdInfo info; |
|
|
char *name; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* We haven't created the option table for this widget class |
|
|
* yet. Do it now and save the table as the clientData for |
|
|
* the command, so we'll have access to it in future |
|
|
* invocations of the command. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs); |
|
|
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, name, &info); |
|
|
info.objClientData = (ClientData) optionTable; |
|
|
Tcl_SetCommandInfo(interp, name, &info); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char *) NULL); |
|
|
if (tkwin == NULL) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized |
|
|
* by ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be |
|
|
* initialized already (e.g. resource pointers). |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr = (Entry *) ckalloc(sizeof(Entry)); |
|
|
entryPtr->tkwin = tkwin; |
|
|
entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
|
|
entryPtr->interp = interp; |
|
|
entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, |
|
|
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, |
|
|
(ClientData) entryPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc); |
|
|
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable; |
|
|
entryPtr->string = (char *) ckalloc(1); |
|
|
entryPtr->string[0] = '\0'; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertPos = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->normalBorder = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->borderWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->cursor = None; |
|
|
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1; |
|
|
entryPtr->tkfont = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->fgColorPtr = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBorder = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertOffTime = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
|
|
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
|
|
entryPtr->selBorder = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->selBorderWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->selFgColorPtr = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->showChar = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL; |
|
|
entryPtr->textVarName = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->takeFocus = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->prefWidth = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->scrollCmd = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->numBytes = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->numChars = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->inset = XPAD; |
|
|
entryPtr->textLayout = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->layoutX = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->layoutY = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->leftX = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->textGC = None; |
|
|
entryPtr->selTextGC = None; |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightGC = None; |
|
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
|
|
entryPtr->flags = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->validateCmd = NULL; |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
entryPtr->invalidCmd = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry"); |
|
|
TkSetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, |
|
|
EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, |
|
|
EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) || |
|
|
(ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK)) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryWidgetObjCmd -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command |
|
|
* that corresponds to a widget managed by this module. |
|
|
* See the user documentation for details on what it does. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* See the user documentation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
EntryWidgetObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?"); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Parse the widget command by looking up the second token in |
|
|
* the list of valid command names. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames, |
|
|
"option", 0, &cmdIndex); |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cmdIndex) { |
|
|
case COMMAND_BBOX: { |
|
|
int index, x, y, width, height; |
|
|
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4]; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) { |
|
|
index--; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, |
|
|
&width, &height); |
|
|
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX, |
|
|
y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height); |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_CGET: { |
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
|
|
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (objPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE: { |
|
|
if (objc <= 3) { |
|
|
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
|
|
entryPtr->optionTable, |
|
|
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, |
|
|
entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (objPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_DELETE: { |
|
|
int first, last; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&first) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (objc == 3) { |
|
|
last = first + 1; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), |
|
|
&last) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) { |
|
|
DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_GET: { |
|
|
if (objc != 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, (char *) NULL); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, entryPtr->string, TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_ICURSOR: { |
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&entryPtr->insertPos) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_INDEX: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index)); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_INSERT: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) { |
|
|
InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_SCAN: { |
|
|
int x; |
|
|
char *minorCmd; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
minorCmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); |
|
|
if (minorCmd[0] == 'm' |
|
|
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "mark", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
|
|
} else if ((minorCmd[0] == 'd') |
|
|
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "dragto", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) { |
|
|
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan option \"", |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\": must be mark or dragto", |
|
|
(char *) NULL); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_SELECTION: { |
|
|
int index, index2; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Parse the selection sub-command, using the command |
|
|
* table "selCommandNames" defined above. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], selCommandNames, |
|
|
"selection option", 0, &selIndex); |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
switch(selIndex) { |
|
|
case SELECTION_ADJUST: { |
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
|
|
int half1, half2; |
|
|
|
|
|
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst |
|
|
+ entryPtr->selectLast)/2; |
|
|
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst |
|
|
+ entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2; |
|
|
if (index < half1) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast; |
|
|
} else if (index > half2) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* We're at about the halfway point in the |
|
|
* selection; just keep the existing anchor. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case SELECTION_CLEAR: { |
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, (char *) NULL); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case SELECTION_FROM: { |
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case SELECTION_PRESENT: { |
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, (char *) NULL); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "0", TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "1", TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case SELECTION_RANGE: { |
|
|
if (objc != 5) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),& index2) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index >= index2) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = index; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = index2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
|
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, |
|
|
EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case SELECTION_TO: { |
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_VALIDATE: { |
|
|
int code; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, (char *) NULL); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
selIndex = entryPtr->validate; |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_ALL; |
|
|
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FORCED); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) { |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = selIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK))); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case COMMAND_XVIEW: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc == 2) { |
|
|
double first, last; |
|
|
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2]; |
|
|
|
|
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last); |
|
|
sprintf(buf, "%g %g", first, last); |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} else if (objc == 3) { |
|
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
|
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
double fraction; |
|
|
int count; |
|
|
|
|
|
index = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
|
|
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, |
|
|
&count)) { |
|
|
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR: { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO: { |
|
|
index = (int) ((fraction * entryPtr->numChars) + 0.5); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: { |
|
|
int charsPerPage; |
|
|
|
|
|
charsPerPage = ((Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) |
|
|
- 2 * entryPtr->inset) |
|
|
/ entryPtr->avgWidth) - 2; |
|
|
if (charsPerPage < 1) { |
|
|
charsPerPage = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
index += count * charsPerPage; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS: { |
|
|
index += count; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
index = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = index; |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
done: |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
|
|
|
error: |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DestroyEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
|
|
* to clean up the internal structure of an entry at a safe time |
|
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Everything associated with the entry is freed up. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DestroyEntry(memPtr) |
|
|
char *memPtr; /* Info about entry widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) memPtr; |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_DELETED; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { |
|
|
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
|
|
* let Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related |
|
|
* stuff. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) { |
|
|
ckfree(entryPtr->displayString); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout); |
|
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable, |
|
|
entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
entryPtr->tkwin = NULL; |
|
|
ckfree((char *) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ConfigureEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus |
|
|
* the Tk option database, in order to configure (or reconfigure) |
|
|
* an entry widget. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
|
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Configuration information, such as colors, border width, |
|
|
* etc. get set for entryPtr; old resources get freed, |
|
|
* if there were any. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc, objv, flags) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget; may or may not |
|
|
* already have values for some fields. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
|
|
int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL; |
|
|
int error; |
|
|
int oldExport; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) { |
|
|
if (!error) { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* First pass: set options to new values. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
|
|
entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv, |
|
|
entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, (int *) NULL) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Second pass: restore options to old values. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); |
|
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* A few other options also need special processing, such as parsing |
|
|
* the geometry and setting the background from a 3-D border. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->normalBorder); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertWidth <= 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertWidth = 2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Restart the cursor timing sequence in case the on-time or |
|
|
* off-time just changed. Set validate temporarily to none, |
|
|
* so the configure doesn't cause it to be triggered. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { |
|
|
int validate = entryPtr->validate; |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 1); |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = validate; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1) |
|
|
&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) { |
|
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, |
|
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be |
|
|
* redisplayed. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_SetInternalBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
entryPtr->borderWidth + entryPtr->highlightWidth); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->highlightWidth <= 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->inset = entryPtr->highlightWidth |
|
|
+ entryPtr->borderWidth + XPAD; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (!error) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If the entry is tied to the value of a variable, then set up |
|
|
* a trace on the variable's value, create the variable if it doesn't |
|
|
* exist, and set the entry's value from the variable's value. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
|
|
char *value; |
|
|
|
|
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
if (value == NULL) { |
|
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
EntryWorldChanged((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
if (error) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryWorldChanged -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called when the world has changed in some |
|
|
* way and the widget needs to recompute all its graphics contexts |
|
|
* and determine its new geometry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Entry will be relayed out and redisplayed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryWorldChanged(instanceData) |
|
|
ClientData instanceData; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
XGCValues gcValues; |
|
|
GC gc = None; |
|
|
unsigned long mask; |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr = (Entry *) instanceData; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(entryPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->avgWidth == 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->normalBorder != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->normalBorder); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel; |
|
|
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont); |
|
|
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
|
|
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
|
|
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->textGC = gc; |
|
|
|
|
|
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel; |
|
|
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont); |
|
|
mask = GCForeground | GCFont; |
|
|
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->selTextGC = gc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be |
|
|
* redisplayed. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DisplayEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure redraws the contents of an entry window. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Information appears on the screen. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DisplayEntry(clientData) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin; |
|
|
int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX; |
|
|
int xBound; |
|
|
Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
|
|
Pixmap pixmap; |
|
|
int showSelection; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
|
|
if ((entryPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_GetFontMetrics(entryPtr->tkfont, &fm); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Update the scrollbar if that's needed. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & UPDATE_SCROLLBAR) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the |
|
|
* textual area of the entry into off-screen memory, then copies |
|
|
* it back on-screen in a single operation. This means there's |
|
|
* no point in time where the on-screen image has been cleared. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(entryPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), |
|
|
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Compute x-coordinate of the pixel just after last visible |
|
|
* one, plus vertical position of baseline of text. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* On Windows and Mac, we need to hide the selection whenever we |
|
|
* don't have the focus. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ALWAYS_SHOW_SELECTION |
|
|
showSelection = 1; |
|
|
#else |
|
|
showSelection = (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS); |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Draw the background in three layers. From bottom to top the |
|
|
* layers are: normal background, selection background, and |
|
|
* insertion cursor background. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
|
|
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (showSelection |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->leftIndex)) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst <= entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
|
|
selStartX = entryPtr->leftX; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectFirst, |
|
|
&selStartX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
selStartX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth) < xBound) { |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectLast, |
|
|
&selEndX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
selEndX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
|
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->selBorder, |
|
|
selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
|
|
baseY - fm.ascent - entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
|
|
(selEndX - selStartX) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
|
|
(fm.ascent + fm.descent) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
|
|
entryPtr->selBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Draw a special background for the insertion cursor, overriding |
|
|
* even the selection background. As a special hack to keep the |
|
|
* cursor visible when the insertion cursor color is the same as |
|
|
* the color for selected text (e.g., on mono displays), write |
|
|
* background in the cursor area (instead of nothing) when the |
|
|
* cursor isn't on. Otherwise the selection would hide the cursor. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((entryPtr->insertPos >= entryPtr->leftIndex) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) { |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL, |
|
|
NULL, NULL); |
|
|
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
|
|
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2; |
|
|
if (cursorX < xBound) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) { |
|
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->insertBorder, |
|
|
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth, |
|
|
fm.ascent + fm.descent, entryPtr->insertBorderWidth, |
|
|
TK_RELIEF_RAISED); |
|
|
} else if (entryPtr->insertBorder == entryPtr->selBorder) { |
|
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
|
|
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth, |
|
|
fm.ascent + fm.descent, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the |
|
|
* selected portion on top of it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC, |
|
|
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY, |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (showSelection |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) { |
|
|
int selFirst; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
|
|
selFirst = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
selFirst = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->selTextGC, |
|
|
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY, |
|
|
selFirst, entryPtr->selectLast); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Draw the border and focus highlight last, so they will overwrite |
|
|
* any text that extends past the viewable part of the window. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { |
|
|
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
|
|
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
|
|
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
|
|
entryPtr->borderWidth, entryPtr->relief); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->highlightWidth != 0) { |
|
|
GC fgGC, bgGC; |
|
|
|
|
|
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(entryPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { |
|
|
fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(entryPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); |
|
|
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC, |
|
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen |
|
|
* and free up the pixmap. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
XCopyArea(entryPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), entryPtr->textGC, |
|
|
0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), |
|
|
0, 0); |
|
|
Tk_FreePixmap(entryPtr->display, pixmap); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~BORDER_NEEDED; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryComputeGeometry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to recompute information about where |
|
|
* in its window an entry's string will be displayed. It also |
|
|
* computes the requested size for the window. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The leftX and tabOrigin fields are recomputed for entryPtr, |
|
|
* and leftIndex may be adjusted. Tk_GeometryRequest is called |
|
|
* to register the desired dimensions for the window. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Widget record for entry. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int totalLength, overflow, maxOffScreen, rightX; |
|
|
int height, width, i; |
|
|
Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
|
|
char *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) { |
|
|
ckfree(entryPtr->displayString); |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of |
|
|
* the entry, recompute the displayString. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_UniChar ch; |
|
|
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX]; |
|
|
int size; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it |
|
|
* in the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed |
|
|
* characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in |
|
|
* the resulting string. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch); |
|
|
size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf); |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size; |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = |
|
|
(char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1)); |
|
|
|
|
|
p = entryPtr->displayString; |
|
|
for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) { |
|
|
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p); |
|
|
} |
|
|
*p = '\0'; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout); |
|
|
entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont, |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0, |
|
|
entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height); |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Recompute where the leftmost character on the display will |
|
|
* be drawn (entryPtr->leftX) and adjust leftIndex if necessary |
|
|
* so that we don't let characters hang off the edge of the |
|
|
* window unless the entire window is full. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
overflow = totalLength - (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - 2*entryPtr->inset); |
|
|
if (overflow <= 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
|
|
if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
} else if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftX = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset |
|
|
- totalLength; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftX = (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - totalLength)/2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The whole string can't fit in the window. Compute the |
|
|
* maximum number of characters that may be off-screen to |
|
|
* the left without leaving empty space on the right of the |
|
|
* window, then don't let leftIndex be any greater than that. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0); |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen, |
|
|
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
if (rightX < overflow) { |
|
|
maxOffScreen++; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > maxOffScreen) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = maxOffScreen; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->leftIndex, &rightX, |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX - rightX; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_GetFontMetrics(entryPtr->tkfont, &fm); |
|
|
height = fm.linespace + 2*entryPtr->inset + 2*(YPAD-XPAD); |
|
|
if (entryPtr->prefWidth > 0) { |
|
|
width = entryPtr->prefWidth*entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (totalLength == 0) { |
|
|
width = entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
width = totalLength + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_GeometryRequest(entryPtr->tkwin, width, height); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* InsertChars -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Add new characters to an entry widget. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* New information gets added to entryPtr; it will be redisplayed |
|
|
* soon, but not necessarily immediately. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
InsertChars(entryPtr, index, value) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Add the new elements before this |
|
|
* character index. */ |
|
|
char *value; /* New characters to add (NULL-terminated |
|
|
* string). */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int byteIndex, byteCount, oldChars, charsAdded, newByteCount; |
|
|
char *new, *string; |
|
|
|
|
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string; |
|
|
byteCount = strlen(value); |
|
|
if (byteCount == 0) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1; |
|
|
new = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount); |
|
|
memcpy(new, string, (size_t) byteIndex); |
|
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex, value); |
|
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex + byteCount, string + byteIndex); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) && |
|
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, value, new, index, |
|
|
VALIDATE_INSERT) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
ckfree(new); |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
ckfree(string); |
|
|
entryPtr->string = new; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The following construction is used because inserting improperly |
|
|
* formed UTF-8 sequences between other improperly formed UTF-8 |
|
|
* sequences could result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; |
|
|
* the number of characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), |
|
|
* because of context. The actual number of characters added is how |
|
|
* many characters are in the string now minus the number that |
|
|
* used to be there. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(new, -1); |
|
|
charsAdded = entryPtr->numChars - oldChars; |
|
|
entryPtr->numBytes += byteCount; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) { |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = new; |
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Inserting characters invalidates all indexes into the string. |
|
|
* Touch up the indexes so that they still refer to the same |
|
|
* characters (at new positions). When updating the selection |
|
|
* end-points, don't include the new text in the selection unless |
|
|
* it was completely surrounded by the selection. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast > index) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast += charsAdded; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((entryPtr->selectAnchor > index) |
|
|
|| (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex += charsAdded; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertPos += charsAdded; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DeleteChars -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Remove one or more characters from an entry widget. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Memory gets freed, the entry gets modified and (eventually) |
|
|
* redisplayed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DeleteChars(entryPtr, index, count) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry widget to modify. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Index of first character to delete. */ |
|
|
int count; /* How many characters to delete. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount; |
|
|
char *new, *string, *todelete; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((index + count) > entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
count = entryPtr->numChars - index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (count <= 0) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string; |
|
|
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string + byteIndex, count) - (string + byteIndex); |
|
|
|
|
|
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount; |
|
|
new = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount); |
|
|
memcpy(new, string, (size_t) byteIndex); |
|
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount); |
|
|
|
|
|
todelete = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (byteCount + 1)); |
|
|
memcpy(todelete, string + byteIndex, (size_t) byteCount); |
|
|
todelete[byteCount] = '\0'; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) && |
|
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, todelete, new, index, |
|
|
VALIDATE_DELETE) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
ckfree(new); |
|
|
ckfree(todelete); |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
ckfree(todelete); |
|
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
|
|
entryPtr->string = new; |
|
|
entryPtr->numChars -= count; |
|
|
entryPtr->numBytes -= byteCount; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) { |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = new; |
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being |
|
|
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect |
|
|
* this change. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= (index + count)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst -= count; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= index) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= (index + count)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast -= count; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast <= entryPtr->selectFirst) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= index) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= (index+count)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor -= count; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= (index + count)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex -= count; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= (index + count)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertPos -= count; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertPos = index; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryValueChanged -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when characters are inserted into |
|
|
* an entry or deleted from it. It updates the entry's associated |
|
|
* variable, if there is one, and does other bookkeeping such |
|
|
* as arranging for redisplay. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry whose value just changed. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
char *newValue; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) { |
|
|
newValue = NULL; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
newValue = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
|
|
entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((newValue != NULL) && (strcmp(newValue, entryPtr->string) != 0)) { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The value of the variable is different than what we asked for. |
|
|
* This means that a trace on the variable modified it. In this |
|
|
* case our trace procedure wasn't invoked since the modification |
|
|
* came while a trace was already active on the variable. So, |
|
|
* update our value to reflect the variable's latest value. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, newValue); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Arrange for redisplay. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntrySetValue -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Replace the contents of a text entry with a given value. This |
|
|
* procedure is invoked when updating the entry from the entry's |
|
|
* associated variable. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The string displayed in the entry will change. The selection, |
|
|
* insertion point, and view may have to be adjusted to keep them |
|
|
* within the bounds of the new string. Note: this procedure does |
|
|
* *not* update the entry's associated variable, since that could |
|
|
* result in an infinite loop. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry whose value is to be changed. */ |
|
|
char *value; /* New text to display in entry. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
char *oldSource; |
|
|
int code, valueLen, malloced = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(value, entryPtr->string) == 0) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
valueLen = strlen(value); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATE_ABORT; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If we validate, we create a copy of the value, as it may |
|
|
* point to volatile memory, like the value of the -textvar |
|
|
* which may get freed during validation |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
oldSource = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1)); |
|
|
strcpy(oldSource, value); |
|
|
value = oldSource; |
|
|
malloced = 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATE_VAR; |
|
|
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, value, -1, |
|
|
VALIDATE_FORCED); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATE_VAR; |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If VALIDATE_ABORT has been set, then this operation should be |
|
|
* aborted because the validatecommand did something else instead |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_ABORT) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATE_ABORT; |
|
|
ckfree(value); |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
oldSource = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (malloced) { |
|
|
entryPtr->string = value; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->string = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1)); |
|
|
strcpy(entryPtr->string, value); |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->numBytes = valueLen; |
|
|
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, valueLen); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == oldSource) { |
|
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
} else if (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->numChars > 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos > entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertPos = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryEventProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various |
|
|
* events on entryes. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get |
|
|
* cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */ |
|
|
XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= BORDER_NEEDED; |
|
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { |
|
|
DestroyEntry((char *) clientData); |
|
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { |
|
|
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { |
|
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 1); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { |
|
|
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { |
|
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryCmdDeletedProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted. If |
|
|
* the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed, |
|
|
* this command destroys it. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The widget is destroyed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryCmdDeletedProc(clientData) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was |
|
|
* destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin |
|
|
* is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure |
|
|
* destroys the widget. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* GetEntryIndex -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Parse an index into an entry and return either its value |
|
|
* or an error. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is |
|
|
* filled in with the character index (into entryPtr) corresponding to |
|
|
* string. The index value is guaranteed to lie between 0 and |
|
|
* the number of characters in the string, inclusive. If an |
|
|
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, string, indexPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* For error messages. */ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry for which the index is being |
|
|
* specified. */ |
|
|
char *string; /* Specifies character in entryPtr. */ |
|
|
int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted character |
|
|
* index. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
size_t length; |
|
|
|
|
|
length = strlen(string); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (string[0] == 'a') { |
|
|
if (strncmp(string, "anchor", length) == 0) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
badIndex: |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, |
|
|
* so we have to clear it out before storing our own message. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad entry index \"", string, |
|
|
"\"", (char *) NULL); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (string[0] == 'e') { |
|
|
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (string[0] == 'i') { |
|
|
if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->insertPos; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (string[0] == 's') { |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "selection isn't in entry", TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (length < 5) { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
|
|
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.last", length) == 0) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectLast; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (string[0] == '@') { |
|
|
int x, roundUp; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string + 1, &x) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (x < entryPtr->inset) { |
|
|
x = entryPtr->inset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
roundUp = 0; |
|
|
if (x >= (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset)) { |
|
|
x = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - 1; |
|
|
roundUp = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, |
|
|
x - entryPtr->layoutX, 0); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right, |
|
|
* round the index up to refer to the character just after the |
|
|
* last visible one on the screen. This is needed to enable the |
|
|
* last character to be selected, for example. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->numChars)) { |
|
|
*indexPtr += 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto badIndex; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (*indexPtr < 0){ |
|
|
*indexPtr = 0; |
|
|
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryScanTo -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a y-coordinate (presumably of the curent mouse location) |
|
|
* drag the view in the window to implement the scan operation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The view in the window may change. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
int x; /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int newLeftIndex; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Compute new leftIndex for entry by amplifying the difference |
|
|
* between the current position and the place where the scan |
|
|
* started (the "mark" position). If we run off the left or right |
|
|
* side of the entry, then reset the mark point so that the current |
|
|
* position continues to correspond to the edge of the window. |
|
|
* This means that the picture will start dragging as soon as the |
|
|
* mouse reverses direction (without this reset, might have to slide |
|
|
* mouse a long ways back before the picture starts moving again). |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex |
|
|
- (10 * (x - entryPtr->scanMarkX)) / entryPtr->avgWidth; |
|
|
if (newLeftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (newLeftIndex < 0) { |
|
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
|
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = newLeftIndex; |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
|
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
|
|
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
|
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntrySelectTo -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Modify the selection by moving its un-anchored end. This could |
|
|
* make the selection either larger or smaller. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The selection changes. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Character index of element that is to |
|
|
* become the "other" end of the selection. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int newFirst, newLast; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Grab the selection if we don't own it already. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
|
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, |
|
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Pick new starting and ending points for the selection. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor > entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor <= index) { |
|
|
newFirst = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
|
|
newLast = index; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
newFirst = index; |
|
|
newLast = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
|
|
if (newLast < 0) { |
|
|
newFirst = newLast = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst == newFirst) |
|
|
&& (entryPtr->selectLast == newLast)) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = newFirst; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = newLast; |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryFetchSelection -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called back by Tk when the selection is |
|
|
* requested by someone. It returns part or all of the selection |
|
|
* in a buffer provided by the caller. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is the number of non-NULL bytes stored |
|
|
* at buffer. Buffer is filled (or partially filled) with a |
|
|
* NULL-terminated string containing part or all of the selection, |
|
|
* as given by offset and maxBytes. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
EntryFetchSelection(clientData, offset, buffer, maxBytes) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
|
|
int offset; /* Byte offset within selection of first |
|
|
* character to be returned. */ |
|
|
char *buffer; /* Location in which to place selection. */ |
|
|
int maxBytes; /* Maximum number of bytes to place at |
|
|
* buffer, not including terminating NULL |
|
|
* character. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
int byteCount; |
|
|
char *string, *selStart, *selEnd; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
|
|
return -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
string = entryPtr->displayString; |
|
|
selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst); |
|
|
selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart, |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst); |
|
|
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset; |
|
|
if (byteCount > maxBytes) { |
|
|
byteCount = maxBytes; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (byteCount <= 0) { |
|
|
return 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount); |
|
|
buffer[byteCount] = '\0'; |
|
|
return byteCount; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryLostSelection -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called back by Tk when the selection is |
|
|
* grabbed away from an entry widget. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The existing selection is unhighlighted, and the window is |
|
|
* marked as not containing a selection. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryLostSelection(clientData) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection |
|
|
* for the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need |
|
|
* to clear the selection since it is always visible. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ALWAYS_SHOW_SELECTION |
|
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) { |
|
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
|
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EventuallyRedraw -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Ensure that an entry is eventually redrawn on the display. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Information gets redisplayed. Right now we don't do selective |
|
|
* redisplays: the whole window will be redrawn. This doesn't |
|
|
* seem to hurt performance noticeably, but if it does then this |
|
|
* could be changed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if ((entryPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Right now we don't do selective redisplays: the whole window |
|
|
* will be redrawn. This doesn't seem to hurt performance noticeably, |
|
|
* but if it does then this could be changed. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; |
|
|
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryVisibleRange -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Return information about the range of the entry that is |
|
|
* currently visible. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* *firstPtr and *lastPtr are modified to hold fractions between |
|
|
* 0 and 1 identifying the range of characters visible in the |
|
|
* entry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, firstPtr, lastPtr) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
double *firstPtr; /* Return position of first visible |
|
|
* character in widget. */ |
|
|
double *lastPtr; /* Return position of char just after last |
|
|
* visible one. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int charsInWindow; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) { |
|
|
*firstPtr = 0.0; |
|
|
*lastPtr = 1.0; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, |
|
|
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset |
|
|
- entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0); |
|
|
if (charsInWindow < entryPtr->numChars) { |
|
|
charsInWindow++; |
|
|
} |
|
|
charsInWindow -= entryPtr->leftIndex; |
|
|
if (charsInWindow == 0) { |
|
|
charsInWindow = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
*firstPtr = (double) entryPtr->leftIndex / entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
*lastPtr = (double) (entryPtr->leftIndex + charsInWindow) |
|
|
/ entryPtr->numChars; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryUpdateScrollbar -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked whenever information has changed in |
|
|
* an entry in a way that would invalidate a scrollbar display. |
|
|
* If there is an associated scrollbar, then this procedure updates |
|
|
* it by invoking a Tcl command. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* A Tcl command is invoked, and an additional command may be |
|
|
* invoked to process errors in the command. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
char args[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2]; |
|
|
int code; |
|
|
double first, last; |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->scrollCmd == NULL) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
interp = entryPtr->interp; |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); |
|
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last); |
|
|
sprintf(args, " %g %g", first, last); |
|
|
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, args, (char *) NULL); |
|
|
if (code != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
|
|
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by entry)"); |
|
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryBlinkProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called as a timer handler to blink the |
|
|
* insertion cursor off and on. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The cursor gets turned on or off, redisplay gets invoked, |
|
|
* and this procedure reschedules itself. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryBlinkProc(clientData) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to record describing entry. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) || |
|
|
!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) || (entryPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
|
|
entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= CURSOR_ON; |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
|
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryFocusProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called whenever the entry gets or loses the |
|
|
* input focus. It's also called whenever the window is reconfigured |
|
|
* while it has the focus. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The cursor gets turned on or off. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, gotFocus) |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that got or lost focus. */ |
|
|
int gotFocus; /* 1 means window is getting focus, 0 means |
|
|
* it's losing it. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler); |
|
|
if (gotFocus) { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON; |
|
|
if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) { |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
|
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, |
|
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) { |
|
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSIN); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON); |
|
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; |
|
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) { |
|
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryTextVarProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when someone changes the variable |
|
|
* whose contents are to be displayed in an entry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* NULL is always returned. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The text displayed in the entry will change to match the |
|
|
* variable. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */ |
|
|
static char * |
|
|
EntryTextVarProc(clientData, interp, name1, name2, flags) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about button. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
|
|
char *name1; /* Not used. */ |
|
|
char *name2; /* Not used. */ |
|
|
int flags; /* Information about what happened. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
|
|
char *value; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless |
|
|
* the whole interpreter is going away. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
|
|
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, entryPtr->string, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
EntryTextVarProc, clientData); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Update the entry's text with the value of the variable, unless |
|
|
* the entry already has that value (this happens when the variable |
|
|
* changes value because we changed it because someone typed in |
|
|
* the entry). |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
if (value == NULL) { |
|
|
value = ""; |
|
|
} |
|
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value); |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryValidate -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when any character is added or |
|
|
* removed from the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* TCL_OK if the validatecommand passes the new string. |
|
|
* TCL_BREAK if the vcmd executed OK, but rejects the string. |
|
|
* TCL_ERROR if an error occurred while executing the vcmd |
|
|
* or a valid Tcl_Bool is not returned. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* An error condition may arise |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
EntryValidate(entryPtr, cmd) |
|
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
|
|
register char *cmd; /* Validation command (NULL-terminated |
|
|
* string). */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
register Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->interp; |
|
|
int code, bool; |
|
|
|
|
|
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_RETURN) { |
|
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
|
|
"\n\t(in validation command executed by entry)"); |
|
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), |
|
|
&bool) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
|
|
"\nvalid boolean not returned by validation command"); |
|
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0); |
|
|
return (bool ? TCL_OK : TCL_BREAK); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* EntryValidateChange -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when any character is added or |
|
|
* removed from the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, |
|
|
* TCL_ERROR if any problems occured with validatecommand. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the |
|
|
* validatecommand might turn itself off (if an error |
|
|
* or loop condition arises). |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, change, new, index, type) |
|
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
|
|
char *change; /* Characters to be added/deleted |
|
|
* (NULL-terminated string). */ |
|
|
char *new; /* Potential new value of entry string */ |
|
|
int index; /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */ |
|
|
int type; /* forced, delete, insert, |
|
|
* focusin or focusout */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int code, varValidate = (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR); |
|
|
char *p; |
|
|
Tcl_DString script; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (entryPtr->validateCmd == NULL || |
|
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE) { |
|
|
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If we're already validating, then we're hitting a loop condition |
|
|
* Return and set validate to 0 to disallow further validations |
|
|
* and prevent current validation from finishing |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATING) { |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATING; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now form command string and run through the -validatecommand |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&script); |
|
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, entryPtr->validateCmd, |
|
|
change, new, index, type, &script); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1); |
|
|
|
|
|
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script); |
|
|
code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&script); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or |
|
|
* we now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, |
|
|
* it means that a loop condition almost occured. Do not allow |
|
|
* this validation result to finish. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE |
|
|
|| (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) { |
|
|
code = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If validate will return ERROR, then disallow further validations |
|
|
* Otherwise, if it didn't accept the new string (returned TCL_BREAK) |
|
|
* then eval the invalidCmd (if it's set) |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (code == TCL_ERROR) { |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
} else if (code == TCL_BREAK) { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If we were doing forced validation (like via a variable |
|
|
* trace) and the command returned 0, the we turn off validation |
|
|
* because we assume that textvariables have precedence in |
|
|
* managing the value. We also don't call the invcmd, as it |
|
|
* may want to do entry manipulation which the setting of the |
|
|
* var will later wipe anyway. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (varValidate) { |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
} else if (entryPtr->invalidCmd != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&script); |
|
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, entryPtr->invalidCmd, |
|
|
change, new, index, type, &script); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1); |
|
|
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script); |
|
|
if (Tcl_EvalEx(entryPtr->interp, p, -1, |
|
|
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(entryPtr->interp, |
|
|
"\n\t(in invalidcommand executed by entry)"); |
|
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(entryPtr->interp); |
|
|
code = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&script); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATING; |
|
|
|
|
|
return code; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ExpandPercents -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a command and an event, produce a new command |
|
|
* by replacing % constructs in the original command |
|
|
* with information from the X event. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The new expanded command is appended to the dynamic string |
|
|
* given by dsPtr. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, before, change, new, index, type, dsPtr) |
|
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
|
|
register char *before; /* Command containing percent |
|
|
* expressions to be replaced. */ |
|
|
char *change; /* Characters to added/deleted |
|
|
* (NULL-terminated string). */ |
|
|
char *new; /* Potential new value of entry string */ |
|
|
int index; /* index of insert/delete */ |
|
|
int type; /* INSERT or DELETE */ |
|
|
Tcl_DString *dsPtr; /* Dynamic string in which to append |
|
|
* new command. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl |
|
|
* list element. */ |
|
|
int number, length; |
|
|
register char *string; |
|
|
Tcl_UniChar ch; |
|
|
char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; |
|
|
|
|
|
while (1) { |
|
|
if (*before == '\0') { |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Find everything up to the next % character and append it |
|
|
* to the result string. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
string = before; |
|
|
/* No need to convert '%', as it is in ascii range */ |
|
|
string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(before, '%'); |
|
|
if (string == (char *) NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, -1); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} else if (string != before) { |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, string-before); |
|
|
before = string; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* There's a percent sequence here. Process it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
before++; /* skip over % */ |
|
|
if (*before != '\0') { |
|
|
before += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(before, &ch); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
ch = '%'; |
|
|
} |
|
|
switch (ch) { |
|
|
case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */ |
|
|
switch (type) { |
|
|
case VALIDATE_INSERT: |
|
|
number = 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case VALIDATE_DELETE: |
|
|
number = 0; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
number = -1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number); |
|
|
string = numStorage; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */ |
|
|
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", index); |
|
|
string = numStorage; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */ |
|
|
string = new; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 's': /* Current string value of entry */ |
|
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'S': /* string to be inserted/deleted, if any */ |
|
|
string = change; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'v': /* type of validation currently set */ |
|
|
string = validateStrings[entryPtr->validate]; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */ |
|
|
switch (type) { |
|
|
case VALIDATE_INSERT: |
|
|
case VALIDATE_DELETE: |
|
|
string = validateStrings[VALIDATE_KEY]; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case VALIDATE_FORCED: |
|
|
string = "forced"; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
string = validateStrings[type]; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case 'W': /* widget name */ |
|
|
string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage); |
|
|
numStorage[length] = '\0'; |
|
|
string = numStorage; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags); |
|
|
length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); |
|
|
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ConvertCountedElement(string, -1, |
|
|
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + length, |
|
|
cvtFlags | TCL_DONT_USE_BRACES); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* $History: tkEntry.c $ |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ***************** Version 1 ***************** |
|
|
* User: Dtashley Date: 1/02/01 Time: 2:39a |
|
|
* Created in $/IjuScripter, IjuConsole/Source/Tk Base |
|
|
* Initial check-in. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* End of TKENTRY.C */ |
|
| 1 |
|
/* $Header$ */ |
| 2 |
|
|
| 3 |
|
/* |
| 4 |
|
* tkEntry.c -- |
| 5 |
|
* |
| 6 |
|
* This module implements entry widgets for the Tk |
| 7 |
|
* toolkit. An entry displays a string and allows |
| 8 |
|
* the string to be edited. |
| 9 |
|
* |
| 10 |
|
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
| 11 |
|
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 12 |
|
* |
| 13 |
|
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 14 |
|
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 15 |
|
* |
| 16 |
|
* RCS: @(#) $Id: tkentry.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 04:59:57 dtashley Exp $ |
| 17 |
|
*/ |
| 18 |
|
|
| 19 |
|
#include "tkInt.h" |
| 20 |
|
#include "default.h" |
| 21 |
|
|
| 22 |
|
/* |
| 23 |
|
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each entry |
| 24 |
|
* widget managed by this file: |
| 25 |
|
*/ |
| 26 |
|
|
| 27 |
|
typedef struct { |
| 28 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the entry. NULL |
| 29 |
|
* means that the window has been destroyed |
| 30 |
|
* but the data structures haven't yet been |
| 31 |
|
* cleaned up.*/ |
| 32 |
|
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Used, among |
| 33 |
|
* other things, so that resources can be |
| 34 |
|
* freed even after tkwin has gone away. */ |
| 35 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with entry. */ |
| 36 |
|
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for entry's widget command. */ |
| 37 |
|
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Table that defines configuration options |
| 38 |
|
* available for this widget. */ |
| 39 |
|
|
| 40 |
|
|
| 41 |
|
/* |
| 42 |
|
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure". |
| 43 |
|
*/ |
| 44 |
|
|
| 45 |
|
char *string; /* Pointer to storage for string; |
| 46 |
|
* NULL-terminated; malloc-ed. */ |
| 47 |
|
int insertPos; /* Character index before which next typed |
| 48 |
|
* character will be inserted. */ |
| 49 |
|
|
| 50 |
|
/* |
| 51 |
|
* Information about what's selected, if any. |
| 52 |
|
*/ |
| 53 |
|
|
| 54 |
|
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected |
| 55 |
|
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */ |
| 56 |
|
int selectLast; /* Character index just after last selected |
| 57 |
|
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */ |
| 58 |
|
int selectAnchor; /* Fixed end of selection (i.e. "select to" |
| 59 |
|
* operation will use this as one end of the |
| 60 |
|
* selection). */ |
| 61 |
|
|
| 62 |
|
/* |
| 63 |
|
* Information for scanning: |
| 64 |
|
*/ |
| 65 |
|
|
| 66 |
|
int scanMarkX; /* X-position at which scan started (e.g. |
| 67 |
|
* button was pressed here). */ |
| 68 |
|
int scanMarkIndex; /* Character index of character that was at |
| 69 |
|
* left of window when scan started. */ |
| 70 |
|
|
| 71 |
|
/* |
| 72 |
|
* Configuration settings that are updated by Tk_ConfigureWidget. |
| 73 |
|
*/ |
| 74 |
|
|
| 75 |
|
Tk_3DBorder normalBorder; /* Used for drawing border around whole |
| 76 |
|
* window, plus used for background. */ |
| 77 |
|
int borderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around window. */ |
| 78 |
|
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ |
| 79 |
|
int exportSelection; /* Non-zero means tie internal entry selection |
| 80 |
|
* to X selection. */ |
| 81 |
|
Tk_Font tkfont; /* Information about text font, or NULL. */ |
| 82 |
|
XColor *fgColorPtr; /* Text color in normal mode. */ |
| 83 |
|
XColor *highlightBgColorPtr;/* Color for drawing traversal highlight |
| 84 |
|
* area when highlight is off. */ |
| 85 |
|
XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */ |
| 86 |
|
int highlightWidth; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw |
| 87 |
|
* around widget when it has the focus. |
| 88 |
|
* <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */ |
| 89 |
|
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion |
| 90 |
|
* cursor. */ |
| 91 |
|
int insertBorderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around insert cursor. */ |
| 92 |
|
int insertOffTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend |
| 93 |
|
* in "off" state for each blink. */ |
| 94 |
|
int insertOnTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend |
| 95 |
|
* in "on" state for each blink. */ |
| 96 |
|
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insert cursor. */ |
| 97 |
|
Tk_Justify justify; /* Justification to use for text within |
| 98 |
|
* window. */ |
| 99 |
|
int relief; /* 3-D effect: TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc. */ |
| 100 |
|
Tk_3DBorder selBorder; /* Border and background for selected |
| 101 |
|
* characters. */ |
| 102 |
|
int selBorderWidth; /* Width of border around selection. */ |
| 103 |
|
XColor *selFgColorPtr; /* Foreground color for selected text. */ |
| 104 |
|
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first |
| 105 |
|
* character is used for displaying all |
| 106 |
|
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. */ |
| 107 |
|
int state; /* Normal or disabled. Entry is read-only |
| 108 |
|
* when disabled. */ |
| 109 |
|
char *textVarName; /* Name of variable (malloc'ed) or NULL. |
| 110 |
|
* If non-NULL, entry's string tracks the |
| 111 |
|
* contents of this variable and vice versa. */ |
| 112 |
|
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in |
| 113 |
|
* the C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 114 |
|
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
| 115 |
|
int prefWidth; /* Desired width of window, measured in |
| 116 |
|
* average characters. */ |
| 117 |
|
char *scrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with |
| 118 |
|
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means |
| 119 |
|
* no command to issue. */ |
| 120 |
|
|
| 121 |
|
/* |
| 122 |
|
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the |
| 123 |
|
* configuration settings above. |
| 124 |
|
*/ |
| 125 |
|
|
| 126 |
|
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */ |
| 127 |
|
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. Both |
| 128 |
|
* string and displayString have the same |
| 129 |
|
* character length, but may have different |
| 130 |
|
* byte lengths due to being made from |
| 131 |
|
* different UTF-8 characters. */ |
| 132 |
|
char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying. This may |
| 133 |
|
* be a pointer to string, or a pointer to |
| 134 |
|
* malloced memory with the same character |
| 135 |
|
* length as string but whose characters |
| 136 |
|
* are all equal to showChar. */ |
| 137 |
|
int numDisplayBytes; /* Length of displayString in bytes. */ |
| 138 |
|
int inset; /* Number of pixels on the left and right |
| 139 |
|
* sides that are taken up by XPAD, borderWidth |
| 140 |
|
* (if any), and highlightWidth (if any). */ |
| 141 |
|
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */ |
| 142 |
|
int layoutX, layoutY; /* Origin for layout. */ |
| 143 |
|
int leftX; /* X position at which character at leftIndex |
| 144 |
|
* is drawn (varies depending on justify). */ |
| 145 |
|
int leftIndex; /* Character index of left-most character |
| 146 |
|
* visible in window. */ |
| 147 |
|
Tcl_TimerToken insertBlinkHandler; |
| 148 |
|
/* Timer handler used to blink cursor on and |
| 149 |
|
* off. */ |
| 150 |
|
GC textGC; /* For drawing normal text. */ |
| 151 |
|
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */ |
| 152 |
|
GC highlightGC; /* For drawing traversal highlight. */ |
| 153 |
|
int avgWidth; /* Width of average character. */ |
| 154 |
|
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for |
| 155 |
|
* definitions. */ |
| 156 |
|
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset; |
| 157 |
|
|
| 158 |
|
char *validateCmd; /* Command prefix to use when invoking |
| 159 |
|
* validate command. NULL means don't |
| 160 |
|
* invoke commands. Malloc'ed. */ |
| 161 |
|
int validate; /* Non-zero means try to validate */ |
| 162 |
|
char *invalidCmd; /* Command called when a validation returns 0 |
| 163 |
|
* (successfully fails), defaults to {}. */ |
| 164 |
|
} Entry; |
| 165 |
|
|
| 166 |
|
/* |
| 167 |
|
* Assigned bits of "flags" fields of Entry structures, and what those |
| 168 |
|
* bits mean: |
| 169 |
|
* |
| 170 |
|
* REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has |
| 171 |
|
* already been queued to redisplay the entry. |
| 172 |
|
* BORDER_NEEDED: Non-zero means 3-D border must be redrawn |
| 173 |
|
* around window during redisplay. Normally |
| 174 |
|
* only text portion needs to be redrawn. |
| 175 |
|
* CURSOR_ON: Non-zero means insert cursor is displayed at |
| 176 |
|
* present. 0 means it isn't displayed. |
| 177 |
|
* GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this window has the input |
| 178 |
|
* focus. |
| 179 |
|
* UPDATE_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means scrollbar should be updated |
| 180 |
|
* during next redisplay operation. |
| 181 |
|
* GOT_SELECTION: Non-zero means we've claimed the selection. |
| 182 |
|
* ENTRY_DELETED: This entry has been effectively destroyed. |
| 183 |
|
* VALIDATING: Non-zero means we are in a validateCmd |
| 184 |
|
* VALIDATE_VAR: Non-zero means we are attempting to validate |
| 185 |
|
* the entry's textvariable with validateCmd |
| 186 |
|
* VALIDATE_ABORT: Non-zero if validatecommand signals an abort |
| 187 |
|
* for current procedure and make no changes |
| 188 |
|
*/ |
| 189 |
|
|
| 190 |
|
#define REDRAW_PENDING 1 |
| 191 |
|
#define BORDER_NEEDED 2 |
| 192 |
|
#define CURSOR_ON 4 |
| 193 |
|
#define GOT_FOCUS 8 |
| 194 |
|
#define UPDATE_SCROLLBAR 0x10 |
| 195 |
|
#define GOT_SELECTION 0x20 |
| 196 |
|
#define ENTRY_DELETED 0x40 |
| 197 |
|
#define VALIDATING 0x80 |
| 198 |
|
#define VALIDATE_VAR 0x100 |
| 199 |
|
#define VALIDATE_ABORT 0x200 |
| 200 |
|
|
| 201 |
|
/* |
| 202 |
|
* The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each |
| 203 |
|
* side of the text in the entry. |
| 204 |
|
*/ |
| 205 |
|
|
| 206 |
|
#define XPAD 1 |
| 207 |
|
#define YPAD 1 |
| 208 |
|
|
| 209 |
|
/* |
| 210 |
|
* The following enum is used to define a type for the -state option |
| 211 |
|
* of the Entry widget. These values are used as indices into the |
| 212 |
|
* string table below. |
| 213 |
|
*/ |
| 214 |
|
|
| 215 |
|
enum state { |
| 216 |
|
STATE_DISABLED, STATE_NORMAL |
| 217 |
|
}; |
| 218 |
|
|
| 219 |
|
static char *stateStrings[] = { |
| 220 |
|
"disabled", "normal", (char *) NULL |
| 221 |
|
}; |
| 222 |
|
|
| 223 |
|
/* |
| 224 |
|
* Definitions for -validate option values: |
| 225 |
|
*/ |
| 226 |
|
|
| 227 |
|
static char *validateStrings[] = { |
| 228 |
|
"all", "key", "focus", "focusin", "focusout", "none", (char *) NULL |
| 229 |
|
}; |
| 230 |
|
enum validateType { |
| 231 |
|
VALIDATE_ALL, VALIDATE_KEY, VALIDATE_FOCUS, |
| 232 |
|
VALIDATE_FOCUSIN, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT, VALIDATE_NONE, |
| 233 |
|
/* |
| 234 |
|
* These extra enums are for use with EntryValidateChange |
| 235 |
|
*/ |
| 236 |
|
VALIDATE_FORCED, VALIDATE_DELETE, VALIDATE_INSERT |
| 237 |
|
}; |
| 238 |
|
#define DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE "none" |
| 239 |
|
#define DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD "" |
| 240 |
|
|
| 241 |
|
/* |
| 242 |
|
* Information used for argv parsing. |
| 243 |
|
*/ |
| 244 |
|
|
| 245 |
|
static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { |
| 246 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", |
| 247 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder), |
| 248 |
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0}, |
| 249 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 250 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0}, |
| 251 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 252 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0}, |
| 253 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", |
| 254 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), |
| 255 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 256 |
|
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", |
| 257 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor), |
| 258 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 259 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection", |
| 260 |
|
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1, |
| 261 |
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0}, |
| 262 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *) NULL, |
| 263 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0}, |
| 264 |
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", |
| 265 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0}, |
| 266 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", |
| 267 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, |
| 268 |
|
0, 0}, |
| 269 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", |
| 270 |
|
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG, |
| 271 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), |
| 272 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 273 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", |
| 274 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), |
| 275 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 276 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", |
| 277 |
|
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1, |
| 278 |
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0}, |
| 279 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground", |
| 280 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, |
| 281 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), |
| 282 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 283 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", |
| 284 |
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1, |
| 285 |
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0, |
| 286 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0}, |
| 287 |
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime", |
| 288 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime), |
| 289 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 290 |
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime", |
| 291 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), |
| 292 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 293 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth", |
| 294 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), |
| 295 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 296 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand", |
| 297 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd), |
| 298 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 299 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 300 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-invalidcommand", 0}, |
| 301 |
|
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", |
| 302 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0}, |
| 303 |
|
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", |
| 304 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), |
| 305 |
|
0, 0, 0}, |
| 306 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground", |
| 307 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder), |
| 308 |
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0}, |
| 309 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", |
| 310 |
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1, |
| 311 |
|
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth), |
| 312 |
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0}, |
| 313 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background", |
| 314 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr), |
| 315 |
|
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0}, |
| 316 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show", |
| 317 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar), |
| 318 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 319 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State", |
| 320 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state), |
| 321 |
|
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0}, |
| 322 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", |
| 323 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus), |
| 324 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 325 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", |
| 326 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName), |
| 327 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 328 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate", |
| 329 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate), |
| 330 |
|
0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0}, |
| 331 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand", |
| 332 |
|
(char *) NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), |
| 333 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 334 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 335 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-validatecommand", 0}, |
| 336 |
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", |
| 337 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0}, |
| 338 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand", |
| 339 |
|
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd), |
| 340 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, |
| 341 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 342 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} |
| 343 |
|
}; |
| 344 |
|
|
| 345 |
|
/* |
| 346 |
|
* Flags for GetEntryIndex procedure: |
| 347 |
|
*/ |
| 348 |
|
|
| 349 |
|
#define ZERO_OK 1 |
| 350 |
|
#define LAST_PLUS_ONE_OK 2 |
| 351 |
|
|
| 352 |
|
/* |
| 353 |
|
* The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub- |
| 354 |
|
* commands) and map the indexes into the string tables into |
| 355 |
|
* enumerated types used to dispatch the entry widget command. |
| 356 |
|
*/ |
| 357 |
|
|
| 358 |
|
static char *commandNames[] = { |
| 359 |
|
"bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "index", |
| 360 |
|
"insert", "scan", "selection", "validate", "xview", (char *) NULL |
| 361 |
|
}; |
| 362 |
|
|
| 363 |
|
enum command { |
| 364 |
|
COMMAND_BBOX, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELETE, |
| 365 |
|
COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_ICURSOR, COMMAND_INDEX, COMMAND_INSERT, |
| 366 |
|
COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SELECTION, COMMAND_VALIDATE, COMMAND_XVIEW |
| 367 |
|
}; |
| 368 |
|
|
| 369 |
|
static char *selCommandNames[] = { |
| 370 |
|
"adjust", "clear", "from", "present", "range", "to", (char *) NULL |
| 371 |
|
}; |
| 372 |
|
|
| 373 |
|
enum selcommand { |
| 374 |
|
SELECTION_ADJUST, SELECTION_CLEAR, SELECTION_FROM, |
| 375 |
|
SELECTION_PRESENT, SELECTION_RANGE, SELECTION_TO |
| 376 |
|
}; |
| 377 |
|
|
| 378 |
|
/* |
| 379 |
|
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: |
| 380 |
|
*/ |
| 381 |
|
|
| 382 |
|
static int ConfigureEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 383 |
|
Entry *entryPtr, int objc, |
| 384 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags)); |
| 385 |
|
static void DeleteChars _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int index, |
| 386 |
|
int count)); |
| 387 |
|
static void DestroyEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((char *memPtr)); |
| 388 |
|
static void DisplayEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); |
| 389 |
|
static void EntryBlinkProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); |
| 390 |
|
static void EntryCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 391 |
|
ClientData clientData)); |
| 392 |
|
static void EntryComputeGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
| 393 |
|
static void EntryEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 394 |
|
XEvent *eventPtr)); |
| 395 |
|
static void EntryFocusProc _ANSI_ARGS_ ((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 396 |
|
int gotFocus)); |
| 397 |
|
static int EntryFetchSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 398 |
|
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)); |
| 399 |
|
static void EntryLostSelection _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 400 |
|
ClientData clientData)); |
| 401 |
|
static void EventuallyRedraw _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
| 402 |
|
static void EntryScanTo _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int y)); |
| 403 |
|
static void EntrySetValue _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 404 |
|
char *value)); |
| 405 |
|
static void EntrySelectTo _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 406 |
|
Entry *entryPtr, int index)); |
| 407 |
|
static char * EntryTextVarProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 408 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name1, char *name2, |
| 409 |
|
int flags)); |
| 410 |
|
static void EntryUpdateScrollbar _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
| 411 |
|
static int EntryValidate _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 412 |
|
char *cmd)); |
| 413 |
|
static int EntryValidateChange _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 414 |
|
char *change, char *new, int index, int type)); |
| 415 |
|
static void ExpandPercents _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 416 |
|
char *before, char *change, char *new, |
| 417 |
|
int index, int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)); |
| 418 |
|
static void EntryValueChanged _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr)); |
| 419 |
|
static void EntryVisibleRange _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, |
| 420 |
|
double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr)); |
| 421 |
|
static int EntryWidgetObjCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 422 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 423 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 424 |
|
static void EntryWorldChanged _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 425 |
|
ClientData instanceData)); |
| 426 |
|
static int GetEntryIndex _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 427 |
|
Entry *entryPtr, char *string, int *indexPtr)); |
| 428 |
|
static void InsertChars _ANSI_ARGS_((Entry *entryPtr, int index, |
| 429 |
|
char *string)); |
| 430 |
|
|
| 431 |
|
/* |
| 432 |
|
* The structure below defines entry class behavior by means of procedures |
| 433 |
|
* that can be invoked from generic window code. |
| 434 |
|
*/ |
| 435 |
|
|
| 436 |
|
static TkClassProcs entryClass = { |
| 437 |
|
NULL, /* createProc. */ |
| 438 |
|
EntryWorldChanged, /* geometryProc. */ |
| 439 |
|
NULL /* modalProc. */ |
| 440 |
|
}; |
| 441 |
|
|
| 442 |
|
|
| 443 |
|
/* |
| 444 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 445 |
|
* |
| 446 |
|
* Tk_EntryObjCmd -- |
| 447 |
|
* |
| 448 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the "entry" Tcl |
| 449 |
|
* command. See the user documentation for details on what |
| 450 |
|
* it does. |
| 451 |
|
* |
| 452 |
|
* Results: |
| 453 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 454 |
|
* |
| 455 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 456 |
|
* See the user documentation. |
| 457 |
|
* |
| 458 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 459 |
|
*/ |
| 460 |
|
|
| 461 |
|
int |
| 462 |
|
Tk_EntryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
| 463 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */ |
| 464 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
| 465 |
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 466 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
| 467 |
|
{ |
| 468 |
|
register Entry *entryPtr; |
| 469 |
|
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; |
| 470 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin; |
| 471 |
|
|
| 472 |
|
optionTable = (Tk_OptionTable) clientData; |
| 473 |
|
if (optionTable == NULL) { |
| 474 |
|
Tcl_CmdInfo info; |
| 475 |
|
char *name; |
| 476 |
|
|
| 477 |
|
/* |
| 478 |
|
* We haven't created the option table for this widget class |
| 479 |
|
* yet. Do it now and save the table as the clientData for |
| 480 |
|
* the command, so we'll have access to it in future |
| 481 |
|
* invocations of the command. |
| 482 |
|
*/ |
| 483 |
|
|
| 484 |
|
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs); |
| 485 |
|
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); |
| 486 |
|
Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, name, &info); |
| 487 |
|
info.objClientData = (ClientData) optionTable; |
| 488 |
|
Tcl_SetCommandInfo(interp, name, &info); |
| 489 |
|
} |
| 490 |
|
|
| 491 |
|
if (objc < 2) { |
| 492 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); |
| 493 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 494 |
|
} |
| 495 |
|
|
| 496 |
|
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), |
| 497 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), (char *) NULL); |
| 498 |
|
if (tkwin == NULL) { |
| 499 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 500 |
|
} |
| 501 |
|
|
| 502 |
|
/* |
| 503 |
|
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized |
| 504 |
|
* by ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be |
| 505 |
|
* initialized already (e.g. resource pointers). |
| 506 |
|
*/ |
| 507 |
|
|
| 508 |
|
entryPtr = (Entry *) ckalloc(sizeof(Entry)); |
| 509 |
|
entryPtr->tkwin = tkwin; |
| 510 |
|
entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 511 |
|
entryPtr->interp = interp; |
| 512 |
|
entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, |
| 513 |
|
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, |
| 514 |
|
(ClientData) entryPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc); |
| 515 |
|
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable; |
| 516 |
|
entryPtr->string = (char *) ckalloc(1); |
| 517 |
|
entryPtr->string[0] = '\0'; |
| 518 |
|
entryPtr->insertPos = 0; |
| 519 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 520 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 521 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = 0; |
| 522 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = 0; |
| 523 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0; |
| 524 |
|
|
| 525 |
|
entryPtr->normalBorder = NULL; |
| 526 |
|
entryPtr->borderWidth = 0; |
| 527 |
|
entryPtr->cursor = None; |
| 528 |
|
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1; |
| 529 |
|
entryPtr->tkfont = NULL; |
| 530 |
|
entryPtr->fgColorPtr = NULL; |
| 531 |
|
entryPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL; |
| 532 |
|
entryPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL; |
| 533 |
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
| 534 |
|
entryPtr->insertBorder = NULL; |
| 535 |
|
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = 0; |
| 536 |
|
entryPtr->insertOffTime = 0; |
| 537 |
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime = 0; |
| 538 |
|
entryPtr->insertWidth = 0; |
| 539 |
|
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
| 540 |
|
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 541 |
|
entryPtr->selBorder = NULL; |
| 542 |
|
entryPtr->selBorderWidth = 0; |
| 543 |
|
entryPtr->selFgColorPtr = NULL; |
| 544 |
|
entryPtr->showChar = NULL; |
| 545 |
|
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL; |
| 546 |
|
entryPtr->textVarName = NULL; |
| 547 |
|
entryPtr->takeFocus = NULL; |
| 548 |
|
entryPtr->prefWidth = 0; |
| 549 |
|
entryPtr->scrollCmd = NULL; |
| 550 |
|
entryPtr->numBytes = 0; |
| 551 |
|
entryPtr->numChars = 0; |
| 552 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
| 553 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = 0; |
| 554 |
|
entryPtr->inset = XPAD; |
| 555 |
|
entryPtr->textLayout = NULL; |
| 556 |
|
entryPtr->layoutX = 0; |
| 557 |
|
entryPtr->layoutY = 0; |
| 558 |
|
entryPtr->leftX = 0; |
| 559 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
| 560 |
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; |
| 561 |
|
entryPtr->textGC = None; |
| 562 |
|
entryPtr->selTextGC = None; |
| 563 |
|
entryPtr->highlightGC = None; |
| 564 |
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
| 565 |
|
entryPtr->flags = 0; |
| 566 |
|
entryPtr->validateCmd = NULL; |
| 567 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 568 |
|
entryPtr->invalidCmd = NULL; |
| 569 |
|
|
| 570 |
|
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry"); |
| 571 |
|
TkSetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 572 |
|
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, |
| 573 |
|
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, |
| 574 |
|
EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 575 |
|
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, |
| 576 |
|
EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING); |
| 577 |
|
|
| 578 |
|
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin) |
| 579 |
|
!= TCL_OK) || |
| 580 |
|
(ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK)) { |
| 581 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 582 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 583 |
|
} |
| 584 |
|
|
| 585 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC); |
| 586 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 587 |
|
} |
| 588 |
|
|
| 589 |
|
/* |
| 590 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 591 |
|
* |
| 592 |
|
* EntryWidgetObjCmd -- |
| 593 |
|
* |
| 594 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command |
| 595 |
|
* that corresponds to a widget managed by this module. |
| 596 |
|
* See the user documentation for details on what it does. |
| 597 |
|
* |
| 598 |
|
* Results: |
| 599 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 600 |
|
* |
| 601 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 602 |
|
* See the user documentation. |
| 603 |
|
* |
| 604 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 605 |
|
*/ |
| 606 |
|
|
| 607 |
|
static int |
| 608 |
|
EntryWidgetObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
| 609 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
| 610 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
| 611 |
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 612 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
| 613 |
|
{ |
| 614 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 615 |
|
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result; |
| 616 |
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; |
| 617 |
|
|
| 618 |
|
if (objc < 2) { |
| 619 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?"); |
| 620 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 621 |
|
} |
| 622 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 623 |
|
|
| 624 |
|
/* |
| 625 |
|
* Parse the widget command by looking up the second token in |
| 626 |
|
* the list of valid command names. |
| 627 |
|
*/ |
| 628 |
|
|
| 629 |
|
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames, |
| 630 |
|
"option", 0, &cmdIndex); |
| 631 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 632 |
|
return result; |
| 633 |
|
} |
| 634 |
|
|
| 635 |
|
switch (cmdIndex) { |
| 636 |
|
case COMMAND_BBOX: { |
| 637 |
|
int index, x, y, width, height; |
| 638 |
|
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4]; |
| 639 |
|
|
| 640 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 641 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index"); |
| 642 |
|
goto error; |
| 643 |
|
} |
| 644 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 645 |
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 646 |
|
goto error; |
| 647 |
|
} |
| 648 |
|
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) { |
| 649 |
|
index--; |
| 650 |
|
} |
| 651 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, |
| 652 |
|
&width, &height); |
| 653 |
|
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX, |
| 654 |
|
y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height); |
| 655 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); |
| 656 |
|
break; |
| 657 |
|
} |
| 658 |
|
|
| 659 |
|
case COMMAND_CGET: { |
| 660 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 661 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option"); |
| 662 |
|
goto error; |
| 663 |
|
} |
| 664 |
|
|
| 665 |
|
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
| 666 |
|
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 667 |
|
if (objPtr == NULL) { |
| 668 |
|
goto error; |
| 669 |
|
} else { |
| 670 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); |
| 671 |
|
} |
| 672 |
|
break; |
| 673 |
|
} |
| 674 |
|
|
| 675 |
|
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE: { |
| 676 |
|
if (objc <= 3) { |
| 677 |
|
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
| 678 |
|
entryPtr->optionTable, |
| 679 |
|
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, |
| 680 |
|
entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 681 |
|
if (objPtr == NULL) { |
| 682 |
|
goto error; |
| 683 |
|
} else { |
| 684 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); |
| 685 |
|
} |
| 686 |
|
} else { |
| 687 |
|
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0); |
| 688 |
|
} |
| 689 |
|
break; |
| 690 |
|
} |
| 691 |
|
|
| 692 |
|
case COMMAND_DELETE: { |
| 693 |
|
int first, last; |
| 694 |
|
|
| 695 |
|
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { |
| 696 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?"); |
| 697 |
|
goto error; |
| 698 |
|
} |
| 699 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 700 |
|
&first) != TCL_OK) { |
| 701 |
|
goto error; |
| 702 |
|
} |
| 703 |
|
if (objc == 3) { |
| 704 |
|
last = first + 1; |
| 705 |
|
} else { |
| 706 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), |
| 707 |
|
&last) != TCL_OK) { |
| 708 |
|
goto error; |
| 709 |
|
} |
| 710 |
|
} |
| 711 |
|
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) { |
| 712 |
|
DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first); |
| 713 |
|
} |
| 714 |
|
break; |
| 715 |
|
} |
| 716 |
|
|
| 717 |
|
case COMMAND_GET: { |
| 718 |
|
if (objc != 2) { |
| 719 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, (char *) NULL); |
| 720 |
|
goto error; |
| 721 |
|
} |
| 722 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, entryPtr->string, TCL_STATIC); |
| 723 |
|
break; |
| 724 |
|
} |
| 725 |
|
|
| 726 |
|
case COMMAND_ICURSOR: { |
| 727 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 728 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos"); |
| 729 |
|
goto error; |
| 730 |
|
} |
| 731 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 732 |
|
&entryPtr->insertPos) != TCL_OK) { |
| 733 |
|
goto error; |
| 734 |
|
} |
| 735 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 736 |
|
break; |
| 737 |
|
} |
| 738 |
|
|
| 739 |
|
case COMMAND_INDEX: { |
| 740 |
|
int index; |
| 741 |
|
|
| 742 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 743 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string"); |
| 744 |
|
goto error; |
| 745 |
|
} |
| 746 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 747 |
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 748 |
|
goto error; |
| 749 |
|
} |
| 750 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index)); |
| 751 |
|
break; |
| 752 |
|
} |
| 753 |
|
|
| 754 |
|
case COMMAND_INSERT: { |
| 755 |
|
int index; |
| 756 |
|
|
| 757 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 758 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text"); |
| 759 |
|
goto error; |
| 760 |
|
} |
| 761 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 762 |
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 763 |
|
goto error; |
| 764 |
|
} |
| 765 |
|
if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) { |
| 766 |
|
InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); |
| 767 |
|
} |
| 768 |
|
break; |
| 769 |
|
} |
| 770 |
|
|
| 771 |
|
case COMMAND_SCAN: { |
| 772 |
|
int x; |
| 773 |
|
char *minorCmd; |
| 774 |
|
|
| 775 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 776 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x"); |
| 777 |
|
goto error; |
| 778 |
|
} |
| 779 |
|
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) { |
| 780 |
|
goto error; |
| 781 |
|
} |
| 782 |
|
|
| 783 |
|
minorCmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); |
| 784 |
|
if (minorCmd[0] == 'm' |
| 785 |
|
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "mark", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) { |
| 786 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
| 787 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
| 788 |
|
} else if ((minorCmd[0] == 'd') |
| 789 |
|
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "dragto", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) { |
| 790 |
|
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x); |
| 791 |
|
} else { |
| 792 |
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan option \"", |
| 793 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\": must be mark or dragto", |
| 794 |
|
(char *) NULL); |
| 795 |
|
goto error; |
| 796 |
|
} |
| 797 |
|
break; |
| 798 |
|
} |
| 799 |
|
|
| 800 |
|
case COMMAND_SELECTION: { |
| 801 |
|
int index, index2; |
| 802 |
|
|
| 803 |
|
if (objc < 3) { |
| 804 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?"); |
| 805 |
|
goto error; |
| 806 |
|
} |
| 807 |
|
|
| 808 |
|
/* |
| 809 |
|
* Parse the selection sub-command, using the command |
| 810 |
|
* table "selCommandNames" defined above. |
| 811 |
|
*/ |
| 812 |
|
|
| 813 |
|
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], selCommandNames, |
| 814 |
|
"selection option", 0, &selIndex); |
| 815 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 816 |
|
goto error; |
| 817 |
|
} |
| 818 |
|
|
| 819 |
|
switch(selIndex) { |
| 820 |
|
case SELECTION_ADJUST: { |
| 821 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 822 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
| 823 |
|
goto error; |
| 824 |
|
} |
| 825 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
| 826 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 827 |
|
goto error; |
| 828 |
|
} |
| 829 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
| 830 |
|
int half1, half2; |
| 831 |
|
|
| 832 |
|
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst |
| 833 |
|
+ entryPtr->selectLast)/2; |
| 834 |
|
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst |
| 835 |
|
+ entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2; |
| 836 |
|
if (index < half1) { |
| 837 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast; |
| 838 |
|
} else if (index > half2) { |
| 839 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
| 840 |
|
} else { |
| 841 |
|
/* |
| 842 |
|
* We're at about the halfway point in the |
| 843 |
|
* selection; just keep the existing anchor. |
| 844 |
|
*/ |
| 845 |
|
} |
| 846 |
|
} |
| 847 |
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index); |
| 848 |
|
break; |
| 849 |
|
} |
| 850 |
|
|
| 851 |
|
case SELECTION_CLEAR: { |
| 852 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 853 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, (char *) NULL); |
| 854 |
|
goto error; |
| 855 |
|
} |
| 856 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
| 857 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 858 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 859 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 860 |
|
} |
| 861 |
|
goto done; |
| 862 |
|
} |
| 863 |
|
|
| 864 |
|
case SELECTION_FROM: { |
| 865 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 866 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
| 867 |
|
goto error; |
| 868 |
|
} |
| 869 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
| 870 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 871 |
|
goto error; |
| 872 |
|
} |
| 873 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index; |
| 874 |
|
break; |
| 875 |
|
} |
| 876 |
|
|
| 877 |
|
case SELECTION_PRESENT: { |
| 878 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 879 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, (char *) NULL); |
| 880 |
|
goto error; |
| 881 |
|
} |
| 882 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) { |
| 883 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "0", TCL_STATIC); |
| 884 |
|
} else { |
| 885 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "1", TCL_STATIC); |
| 886 |
|
} |
| 887 |
|
goto done; |
| 888 |
|
} |
| 889 |
|
|
| 890 |
|
case SELECTION_RANGE: { |
| 891 |
|
if (objc != 5) { |
| 892 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end"); |
| 893 |
|
goto error; |
| 894 |
|
} |
| 895 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
| 896 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 897 |
|
goto error; |
| 898 |
|
} |
| 899 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
| 900 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),& index2) != TCL_OK) { |
| 901 |
|
goto error; |
| 902 |
|
} |
| 903 |
|
if (index >= index2) { |
| 904 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 905 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 906 |
|
} else { |
| 907 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = index; |
| 908 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = index2; |
| 909 |
|
} |
| 910 |
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) |
| 911 |
|
&& (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
| 912 |
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, |
| 913 |
|
EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 914 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
| 915 |
|
} |
| 916 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 917 |
|
break; |
| 918 |
|
} |
| 919 |
|
|
| 920 |
|
case SELECTION_TO: { |
| 921 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 922 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index"); |
| 923 |
|
goto error; |
| 924 |
|
} |
| 925 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, |
| 926 |
|
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 927 |
|
goto error; |
| 928 |
|
} |
| 929 |
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index); |
| 930 |
|
break; |
| 931 |
|
} |
| 932 |
|
} |
| 933 |
|
break; |
| 934 |
|
} |
| 935 |
|
|
| 936 |
|
case COMMAND_VALIDATE: { |
| 937 |
|
int code; |
| 938 |
|
|
| 939 |
|
if (objc != 2) { |
| 940 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, (char *) NULL); |
| 941 |
|
goto error; |
| 942 |
|
} |
| 943 |
|
selIndex = entryPtr->validate; |
| 944 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_ALL; |
| 945 |
|
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
| 946 |
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FORCED); |
| 947 |
|
if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) { |
| 948 |
|
entryPtr->validate = selIndex; |
| 949 |
|
} |
| 950 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK))); |
| 951 |
|
break; |
| 952 |
|
} |
| 953 |
|
|
| 954 |
|
case COMMAND_XVIEW: { |
| 955 |
|
int index; |
| 956 |
|
|
| 957 |
|
if (objc == 2) { |
| 958 |
|
double first, last; |
| 959 |
|
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2]; |
| 960 |
|
|
| 961 |
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last); |
| 962 |
|
sprintf(buf, "%g %g", first, last); |
| 963 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); |
| 964 |
|
goto done; |
| 965 |
|
} else if (objc == 3) { |
| 966 |
|
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), |
| 967 |
|
&index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 968 |
|
goto error; |
| 969 |
|
} |
| 970 |
|
} else { |
| 971 |
|
double fraction; |
| 972 |
|
int count; |
| 973 |
|
|
| 974 |
|
index = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
| 975 |
|
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, |
| 976 |
|
&count)) { |
| 977 |
|
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR: { |
| 978 |
|
goto error; |
| 979 |
|
} |
| 980 |
|
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO: { |
| 981 |
|
index = (int) ((fraction * entryPtr->numChars) + 0.5); |
| 982 |
|
break; |
| 983 |
|
} |
| 984 |
|
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: { |
| 985 |
|
int charsPerPage; |
| 986 |
|
|
| 987 |
|
charsPerPage = ((Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) |
| 988 |
|
- 2 * entryPtr->inset) |
| 989 |
|
/ entryPtr->avgWidth) - 2; |
| 990 |
|
if (charsPerPage < 1) { |
| 991 |
|
charsPerPage = 1; |
| 992 |
|
} |
| 993 |
|
index += count * charsPerPage; |
| 994 |
|
break; |
| 995 |
|
} |
| 996 |
|
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS: { |
| 997 |
|
index += count; |
| 998 |
|
break; |
| 999 |
|
} |
| 1000 |
|
} |
| 1001 |
|
} |
| 1002 |
|
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1003 |
|
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
| 1004 |
|
} |
| 1005 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 1006 |
|
index = 0; |
| 1007 |
|
} |
| 1008 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = index; |
| 1009 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 1010 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 1011 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 1012 |
|
break; |
| 1013 |
|
} |
| 1014 |
|
} |
| 1015 |
|
|
| 1016 |
|
done: |
| 1017 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1018 |
|
return result; |
| 1019 |
|
|
| 1020 |
|
error: |
| 1021 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1022 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1023 |
|
} |
| 1024 |
|
|
| 1025 |
|
/* |
| 1026 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1027 |
|
* |
| 1028 |
|
* DestroyEntry -- |
| 1029 |
|
* |
| 1030 |
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
| 1031 |
|
* to clean up the internal structure of an entry at a safe time |
| 1032 |
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). |
| 1033 |
|
* |
| 1034 |
|
* Results: |
| 1035 |
|
* None. |
| 1036 |
|
* |
| 1037 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1038 |
|
* Everything associated with the entry is freed up. |
| 1039 |
|
* |
| 1040 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1041 |
|
*/ |
| 1042 |
|
|
| 1043 |
|
static void |
| 1044 |
|
DestroyEntry(memPtr) |
| 1045 |
|
char *memPtr; /* Info about entry widget. */ |
| 1046 |
|
{ |
| 1047 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) memPtr; |
| 1048 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_DELETED; |
| 1049 |
|
|
| 1050 |
|
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd); |
| 1051 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { |
| 1052 |
|
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1053 |
|
} |
| 1054 |
|
|
| 1055 |
|
/* |
| 1056 |
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
| 1057 |
|
* let Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related |
| 1058 |
|
* stuff. |
| 1059 |
|
*/ |
| 1060 |
|
|
| 1061 |
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
| 1062 |
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
| 1063 |
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
| 1064 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1065 |
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1066 |
|
} |
| 1067 |
|
if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { |
| 1068 |
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
| 1069 |
|
} |
| 1070 |
|
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { |
| 1071 |
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1072 |
|
} |
| 1073 |
|
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler); |
| 1074 |
|
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) { |
| 1075 |
|
ckfree(entryPtr->displayString); |
| 1076 |
|
} |
| 1077 |
|
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout); |
| 1078 |
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable, |
| 1079 |
|
entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 1080 |
|
entryPtr->tkwin = NULL; |
| 1081 |
|
ckfree((char *) entryPtr); |
| 1082 |
|
} |
| 1083 |
|
|
| 1084 |
|
/* |
| 1085 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1086 |
|
* |
| 1087 |
|
* ConfigureEntry -- |
| 1088 |
|
* |
| 1089 |
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus |
| 1090 |
|
* the Tk option database, in order to configure (or reconfigure) |
| 1091 |
|
* an entry widget. |
| 1092 |
|
* |
| 1093 |
|
* Results: |
| 1094 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
| 1095 |
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
| 1096 |
|
* |
| 1097 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1098 |
|
* Configuration information, such as colors, border width, |
| 1099 |
|
* etc. get set for entryPtr; old resources get freed, |
| 1100 |
|
* if there were any. |
| 1101 |
|
* |
| 1102 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1103 |
|
*/ |
| 1104 |
|
|
| 1105 |
|
static int |
| 1106 |
|
ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc, objv, flags) |
| 1107 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 1108 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget; may or may not |
| 1109 |
|
* already have values for some fields. */ |
| 1110 |
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
| 1111 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ |
| 1112 |
|
int flags; /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ |
| 1113 |
|
{ |
| 1114 |
|
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; |
| 1115 |
|
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL; |
| 1116 |
|
int error; |
| 1117 |
|
int oldExport; |
| 1118 |
|
|
| 1119 |
|
/* |
| 1120 |
|
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry. |
| 1121 |
|
*/ |
| 1122 |
|
|
| 1123 |
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
| 1124 |
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
| 1125 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1126 |
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1127 |
|
} |
| 1128 |
|
|
| 1129 |
|
oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection; |
| 1130 |
|
|
| 1131 |
|
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) { |
| 1132 |
|
if (!error) { |
| 1133 |
|
/* |
| 1134 |
|
* First pass: set options to new values. |
| 1135 |
|
*/ |
| 1136 |
|
|
| 1137 |
|
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, |
| 1138 |
|
entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv, |
| 1139 |
|
entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, (int *) NULL) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1140 |
|
continue; |
| 1141 |
|
} |
| 1142 |
|
} else { |
| 1143 |
|
/* |
| 1144 |
|
* Second pass: restore options to old values. |
| 1145 |
|
*/ |
| 1146 |
|
|
| 1147 |
|
errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); |
| 1148 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); |
| 1149 |
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); |
| 1150 |
|
} |
| 1151 |
|
|
| 1152 |
|
/* |
| 1153 |
|
* A few other options also need special processing, such as parsing |
| 1154 |
|
* the geometry and setting the background from a 3-D border. |
| 1155 |
|
*/ |
| 1156 |
|
|
| 1157 |
|
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->normalBorder); |
| 1158 |
|
|
| 1159 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertWidth <= 0) { |
| 1160 |
|
entryPtr->insertWidth = 2; |
| 1161 |
|
} |
| 1162 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) { |
| 1163 |
|
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2; |
| 1164 |
|
} |
| 1165 |
|
|
| 1166 |
|
/* |
| 1167 |
|
* Restart the cursor timing sequence in case the on-time or |
| 1168 |
|
* off-time just changed. Set validate temporarily to none, |
| 1169 |
|
* so the configure doesn't cause it to be triggered. |
| 1170 |
|
*/ |
| 1171 |
|
|
| 1172 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { |
| 1173 |
|
int validate = entryPtr->validate; |
| 1174 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 1175 |
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 1); |
| 1176 |
|
entryPtr->validate = validate; |
| 1177 |
|
} |
| 1178 |
|
|
| 1179 |
|
/* |
| 1180 |
|
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it. |
| 1181 |
|
*/ |
| 1182 |
|
|
| 1183 |
|
if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) |
| 1184 |
|
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1) |
| 1185 |
|
&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) { |
| 1186 |
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, |
| 1187 |
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1188 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
| 1189 |
|
} |
| 1190 |
|
|
| 1191 |
|
/* |
| 1192 |
|
* Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be |
| 1193 |
|
* redisplayed. |
| 1194 |
|
*/ |
| 1195 |
|
|
| 1196 |
|
Tk_SetInternalBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, |
| 1197 |
|
entryPtr->borderWidth + entryPtr->highlightWidth); |
| 1198 |
|
if (entryPtr->highlightWidth <= 0) { |
| 1199 |
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
| 1200 |
|
} |
| 1201 |
|
entryPtr->inset = entryPtr->highlightWidth |
| 1202 |
|
+ entryPtr->borderWidth + XPAD; |
| 1203 |
|
break; |
| 1204 |
|
} |
| 1205 |
|
if (!error) { |
| 1206 |
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); |
| 1207 |
|
} |
| 1208 |
|
|
| 1209 |
|
/* |
| 1210 |
|
* If the entry is tied to the value of a variable, then set up |
| 1211 |
|
* a trace on the variable's value, create the variable if it doesn't |
| 1212 |
|
* exist, and set the entry's value from the variable's value. |
| 1213 |
|
*/ |
| 1214 |
|
|
| 1215 |
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { |
| 1216 |
|
char *value; |
| 1217 |
|
|
| 1218 |
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 1219 |
|
if (value == NULL) { |
| 1220 |
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
| 1221 |
|
} else { |
| 1222 |
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value); |
| 1223 |
|
} |
| 1224 |
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
| 1225 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1226 |
|
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1227 |
|
} |
| 1228 |
|
|
| 1229 |
|
EntryWorldChanged((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 1230 |
|
if (error) { |
| 1231 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); |
| 1232 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); |
| 1233 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1234 |
|
} else { |
| 1235 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 1236 |
|
} |
| 1237 |
|
} |
| 1238 |
|
|
| 1239 |
|
/* |
| 1240 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1241 |
|
* |
| 1242 |
|
* EntryWorldChanged -- |
| 1243 |
|
* |
| 1244 |
|
* This procedure is called when the world has changed in some |
| 1245 |
|
* way and the widget needs to recompute all its graphics contexts |
| 1246 |
|
* and determine its new geometry. |
| 1247 |
|
* |
| 1248 |
|
* Results: |
| 1249 |
|
* None. |
| 1250 |
|
* |
| 1251 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1252 |
|
* Entry will be relayed out and redisplayed. |
| 1253 |
|
* |
| 1254 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1255 |
|
*/ |
| 1256 |
|
|
| 1257 |
|
static void |
| 1258 |
|
EntryWorldChanged(instanceData) |
| 1259 |
|
ClientData instanceData; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 1260 |
|
{ |
| 1261 |
|
XGCValues gcValues; |
| 1262 |
|
GC gc = None; |
| 1263 |
|
unsigned long mask; |
| 1264 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; |
| 1265 |
|
|
| 1266 |
|
entryPtr = (Entry *) instanceData; |
| 1267 |
|
|
| 1268 |
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(entryPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); |
| 1269 |
|
if (entryPtr->avgWidth == 0) { |
| 1270 |
|
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
| 1271 |
|
} |
| 1272 |
|
|
| 1273 |
|
if (entryPtr->normalBorder != NULL) { |
| 1274 |
|
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(entryPtr->tkwin, entryPtr->normalBorder); |
| 1275 |
|
} |
| 1276 |
|
|
| 1277 |
|
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel; |
| 1278 |
|
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont); |
| 1279 |
|
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1280 |
|
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 1281 |
|
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1282 |
|
if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { |
| 1283 |
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
| 1284 |
|
} |
| 1285 |
|
entryPtr->textGC = gc; |
| 1286 |
|
|
| 1287 |
|
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel; |
| 1288 |
|
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont); |
| 1289 |
|
mask = GCForeground | GCFont; |
| 1290 |
|
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1291 |
|
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { |
| 1292 |
|
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1293 |
|
} |
| 1294 |
|
entryPtr->selTextGC = gc; |
| 1295 |
|
|
| 1296 |
|
/* |
| 1297 |
|
* Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be |
| 1298 |
|
* redisplayed. |
| 1299 |
|
*/ |
| 1300 |
|
|
| 1301 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 1302 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 1303 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 1304 |
|
} |
| 1305 |
|
|
| 1306 |
|
/* |
| 1307 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1308 |
|
* |
| 1309 |
|
* DisplayEntry -- |
| 1310 |
|
* |
| 1311 |
|
* This procedure redraws the contents of an entry window. |
| 1312 |
|
* |
| 1313 |
|
* Results: |
| 1314 |
|
* None. |
| 1315 |
|
* |
| 1316 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1317 |
|
* Information appears on the screen. |
| 1318 |
|
* |
| 1319 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1320 |
|
*/ |
| 1321 |
|
|
| 1322 |
|
static void |
| 1323 |
|
DisplayEntry(clientData) |
| 1324 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */ |
| 1325 |
|
{ |
| 1326 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 1327 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin; |
| 1328 |
|
int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX; |
| 1329 |
|
int xBound; |
| 1330 |
|
Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 1331 |
|
Pixmap pixmap; |
| 1332 |
|
int showSelection; |
| 1333 |
|
|
| 1334 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 1335 |
|
if ((entryPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 1336 |
|
return; |
| 1337 |
|
} |
| 1338 |
|
|
| 1339 |
|
Tk_GetFontMetrics(entryPtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 1340 |
|
|
| 1341 |
|
/* |
| 1342 |
|
* Update the scrollbar if that's needed. |
| 1343 |
|
*/ |
| 1344 |
|
|
| 1345 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & UPDATE_SCROLLBAR) { |
| 1346 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 1347 |
|
EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr); |
| 1348 |
|
} |
| 1349 |
|
|
| 1350 |
|
/* |
| 1351 |
|
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the |
| 1352 |
|
* textual area of the entry into off-screen memory, then copies |
| 1353 |
|
* it back on-screen in a single operation. This means there's |
| 1354 |
|
* no point in time where the on-screen image has been cleared. |
| 1355 |
|
*/ |
| 1356 |
|
|
| 1357 |
|
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(entryPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), |
| 1358 |
|
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin)); |
| 1359 |
|
|
| 1360 |
|
/* |
| 1361 |
|
* Compute x-coordinate of the pixel just after last visible |
| 1362 |
|
* one, plus vertical position of baseline of text. |
| 1363 |
|
*/ |
| 1364 |
|
|
| 1365 |
|
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset; |
| 1366 |
|
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2; |
| 1367 |
|
|
| 1368 |
|
/* |
| 1369 |
|
* On Windows and Mac, we need to hide the selection whenever we |
| 1370 |
|
* don't have the focus. |
| 1371 |
|
*/ |
| 1372 |
|
|
| 1373 |
|
#ifdef ALWAYS_SHOW_SELECTION |
| 1374 |
|
showSelection = 1; |
| 1375 |
|
#else |
| 1376 |
|
showSelection = (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS); |
| 1377 |
|
#endif |
| 1378 |
|
|
| 1379 |
|
/* |
| 1380 |
|
* Draw the background in three layers. From bottom to top the |
| 1381 |
|
* layers are: normal background, selection background, and |
| 1382 |
|
* insertion cursor background. |
| 1383 |
|
*/ |
| 1384 |
|
|
| 1385 |
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
| 1386 |
|
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); |
| 1387 |
|
|
| 1388 |
|
if (showSelection |
| 1389 |
|
&& (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->leftIndex)) { |
| 1390 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst <= entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
| 1391 |
|
selStartX = entryPtr->leftX; |
| 1392 |
|
} else { |
| 1393 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectFirst, |
| 1394 |
|
&selStartX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 1395 |
|
selStartX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
| 1396 |
|
} |
| 1397 |
|
if ((selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth) < xBound) { |
| 1398 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectLast, |
| 1399 |
|
&selEndX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 1400 |
|
selEndX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
| 1401 |
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->selBorder, |
| 1402 |
|
selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
| 1403 |
|
baseY - fm.ascent - entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
| 1404 |
|
(selEndX - selStartX) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
| 1405 |
|
(fm.ascent + fm.descent) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth, |
| 1406 |
|
entryPtr->selBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); |
| 1407 |
|
} |
| 1408 |
|
} |
| 1409 |
|
|
| 1410 |
|
/* |
| 1411 |
|
* Draw a special background for the insertion cursor, overriding |
| 1412 |
|
* even the selection background. As a special hack to keep the |
| 1413 |
|
* cursor visible when the insertion cursor color is the same as |
| 1414 |
|
* the color for selected text (e.g., on mono displays), write |
| 1415 |
|
* background in the cursor area (instead of nothing) when the |
| 1416 |
|
* cursor isn't on. Otherwise the selection would hide the cursor. |
| 1417 |
|
*/ |
| 1418 |
|
|
| 1419 |
|
if ((entryPtr->insertPos >= entryPtr->leftIndex) |
| 1420 |
|
&& (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) |
| 1421 |
|
&& (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) { |
| 1422 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL, |
| 1423 |
|
NULL, NULL); |
| 1424 |
|
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX; |
| 1425 |
|
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2; |
| 1426 |
|
if (cursorX < xBound) { |
| 1427 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) { |
| 1428 |
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->insertBorder, |
| 1429 |
|
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth, |
| 1430 |
|
fm.ascent + fm.descent, entryPtr->insertBorderWidth, |
| 1431 |
|
TK_RELIEF_RAISED); |
| 1432 |
|
} else if (entryPtr->insertBorder == entryPtr->selBorder) { |
| 1433 |
|
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
| 1434 |
|
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth, |
| 1435 |
|
fm.ascent + fm.descent, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); |
| 1436 |
|
} |
| 1437 |
|
} |
| 1438 |
|
} |
| 1439 |
|
|
| 1440 |
|
/* |
| 1441 |
|
* Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the |
| 1442 |
|
* selected portion on top of it. |
| 1443 |
|
*/ |
| 1444 |
|
|
| 1445 |
|
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC, |
| 1446 |
|
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY, |
| 1447 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars); |
| 1448 |
|
|
| 1449 |
|
if (showSelection |
| 1450 |
|
&& (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC) |
| 1451 |
|
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) { |
| 1452 |
|
int selFirst; |
| 1453 |
|
|
| 1454 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
| 1455 |
|
selFirst = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
| 1456 |
|
} else { |
| 1457 |
|
selFirst = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
| 1458 |
|
} |
| 1459 |
|
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->selTextGC, |
| 1460 |
|
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY, |
| 1461 |
|
selFirst, entryPtr->selectLast); |
| 1462 |
|
} |
| 1463 |
|
|
| 1464 |
|
/* |
| 1465 |
|
* Draw the border and focus highlight last, so they will overwrite |
| 1466 |
|
* any text that extends past the viewable part of the window. |
| 1467 |
|
*/ |
| 1468 |
|
|
| 1469 |
|
if (entryPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { |
| 1470 |
|
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->normalBorder, |
| 1471 |
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
| 1472 |
|
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
| 1473 |
|
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * entryPtr->highlightWidth, |
| 1474 |
|
entryPtr->borderWidth, entryPtr->relief); |
| 1475 |
|
} |
| 1476 |
|
if (entryPtr->highlightWidth != 0) { |
| 1477 |
|
GC fgGC, bgGC; |
| 1478 |
|
|
| 1479 |
|
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(entryPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap); |
| 1480 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { |
| 1481 |
|
fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(entryPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); |
| 1482 |
|
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, |
| 1483 |
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); |
| 1484 |
|
} else { |
| 1485 |
|
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, bgGC, bgGC, |
| 1486 |
|
entryPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); |
| 1487 |
|
} |
| 1488 |
|
} |
| 1489 |
|
|
| 1490 |
|
/* |
| 1491 |
|
* Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen |
| 1492 |
|
* and free up the pixmap. |
| 1493 |
|
*/ |
| 1494 |
|
|
| 1495 |
|
XCopyArea(entryPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), entryPtr->textGC, |
| 1496 |
|
0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 1497 |
|
0, 0); |
| 1498 |
|
Tk_FreePixmap(entryPtr->display, pixmap); |
| 1499 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~BORDER_NEEDED; |
| 1500 |
|
} |
| 1501 |
|
|
| 1502 |
|
/* |
| 1503 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1504 |
|
* |
| 1505 |
|
* EntryComputeGeometry -- |
| 1506 |
|
* |
| 1507 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to recompute information about where |
| 1508 |
|
* in its window an entry's string will be displayed. It also |
| 1509 |
|
* computes the requested size for the window. |
| 1510 |
|
* |
| 1511 |
|
* Results: |
| 1512 |
|
* None. |
| 1513 |
|
* |
| 1514 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1515 |
|
* The leftX and tabOrigin fields are recomputed for entryPtr, |
| 1516 |
|
* and leftIndex may be adjusted. Tk_GeometryRequest is called |
| 1517 |
|
* to register the desired dimensions for the window. |
| 1518 |
|
* |
| 1519 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1520 |
|
*/ |
| 1521 |
|
|
| 1522 |
|
static void |
| 1523 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr) |
| 1524 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Widget record for entry. */ |
| 1525 |
|
{ |
| 1526 |
|
int totalLength, overflow, maxOffScreen, rightX; |
| 1527 |
|
int height, width, i; |
| 1528 |
|
Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 1529 |
|
char *p; |
| 1530 |
|
|
| 1531 |
|
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) { |
| 1532 |
|
ckfree(entryPtr->displayString); |
| 1533 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
| 1534 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
| 1535 |
|
} |
| 1536 |
|
|
| 1537 |
|
/* |
| 1538 |
|
* If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of |
| 1539 |
|
* the entry, recompute the displayString. |
| 1540 |
|
*/ |
| 1541 |
|
|
| 1542 |
|
if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) { |
| 1543 |
|
Tcl_UniChar ch; |
| 1544 |
|
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX]; |
| 1545 |
|
int size; |
| 1546 |
|
|
| 1547 |
|
/* |
| 1548 |
|
* Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it |
| 1549 |
|
* in the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed |
| 1550 |
|
* characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in |
| 1551 |
|
* the resulting string. |
| 1552 |
|
*/ |
| 1553 |
|
|
| 1554 |
|
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch); |
| 1555 |
|
size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf); |
| 1556 |
|
|
| 1557 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size; |
| 1558 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = |
| 1559 |
|
(char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1)); |
| 1560 |
|
|
| 1561 |
|
p = entryPtr->displayString; |
| 1562 |
|
for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) { |
| 1563 |
|
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p); |
| 1564 |
|
} |
| 1565 |
|
*p = '\0'; |
| 1566 |
|
} |
| 1567 |
|
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout); |
| 1568 |
|
entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont, |
| 1569 |
|
entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0, |
| 1570 |
|
entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height); |
| 1571 |
|
|
| 1572 |
|
entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2; |
| 1573 |
|
|
| 1574 |
|
/* |
| 1575 |
|
* Recompute where the leftmost character on the display will |
| 1576 |
|
* be drawn (entryPtr->leftX) and adjust leftIndex if necessary |
| 1577 |
|
* so that we don't let characters hang off the edge of the |
| 1578 |
|
* window unless the entire window is full. |
| 1579 |
|
*/ |
| 1580 |
|
|
| 1581 |
|
overflow = totalLength - (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - 2*entryPtr->inset); |
| 1582 |
|
if (overflow <= 0) { |
| 1583 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
| 1584 |
|
if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) { |
| 1585 |
|
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset; |
| 1586 |
|
} else if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) { |
| 1587 |
|
entryPtr->leftX = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset |
| 1588 |
|
- totalLength; |
| 1589 |
|
} else { |
| 1590 |
|
entryPtr->leftX = (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - totalLength)/2; |
| 1591 |
|
} |
| 1592 |
|
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX; |
| 1593 |
|
} else { |
| 1594 |
|
/* |
| 1595 |
|
* The whole string can't fit in the window. Compute the |
| 1596 |
|
* maximum number of characters that may be off-screen to |
| 1597 |
|
* the left without leaving empty space on the right of the |
| 1598 |
|
* window, then don't let leftIndex be any greater than that. |
| 1599 |
|
*/ |
| 1600 |
|
|
| 1601 |
|
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0); |
| 1602 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen, |
| 1603 |
|
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 1604 |
|
if (rightX < overflow) { |
| 1605 |
|
maxOffScreen++; |
| 1606 |
|
} |
| 1607 |
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > maxOffScreen) { |
| 1608 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = maxOffScreen; |
| 1609 |
|
} |
| 1610 |
|
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->leftIndex, &rightX, |
| 1611 |
|
NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 1612 |
|
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset; |
| 1613 |
|
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX - rightX; |
| 1614 |
|
} |
| 1615 |
|
|
| 1616 |
|
Tk_GetFontMetrics(entryPtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 1617 |
|
height = fm.linespace + 2*entryPtr->inset + 2*(YPAD-XPAD); |
| 1618 |
|
if (entryPtr->prefWidth > 0) { |
| 1619 |
|
width = entryPtr->prefWidth*entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
| 1620 |
|
} else { |
| 1621 |
|
if (totalLength == 0) { |
| 1622 |
|
width = entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
| 1623 |
|
} else { |
| 1624 |
|
width = totalLength + 2*entryPtr->inset; |
| 1625 |
|
} |
| 1626 |
|
} |
| 1627 |
|
Tk_GeometryRequest(entryPtr->tkwin, width, height); |
| 1628 |
|
} |
| 1629 |
|
|
| 1630 |
|
/* |
| 1631 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1632 |
|
* |
| 1633 |
|
* InsertChars -- |
| 1634 |
|
* |
| 1635 |
|
* Add new characters to an entry widget. |
| 1636 |
|
* |
| 1637 |
|
* Results: |
| 1638 |
|
* None. |
| 1639 |
|
* |
| 1640 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1641 |
|
* New information gets added to entryPtr; it will be redisplayed |
| 1642 |
|
* soon, but not necessarily immediately. |
| 1643 |
|
* |
| 1644 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1645 |
|
*/ |
| 1646 |
|
|
| 1647 |
|
static void |
| 1648 |
|
InsertChars(entryPtr, index, value) |
| 1649 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */ |
| 1650 |
|
int index; /* Add the new elements before this |
| 1651 |
|
* character index. */ |
| 1652 |
|
char *value; /* New characters to add (NULL-terminated |
| 1653 |
|
* string). */ |
| 1654 |
|
{ |
| 1655 |
|
int byteIndex, byteCount, oldChars, charsAdded, newByteCount; |
| 1656 |
|
char *new, *string; |
| 1657 |
|
|
| 1658 |
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
| 1659 |
|
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string; |
| 1660 |
|
byteCount = strlen(value); |
| 1661 |
|
if (byteCount == 0) { |
| 1662 |
|
return; |
| 1663 |
|
} |
| 1664 |
|
|
| 1665 |
|
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1; |
| 1666 |
|
new = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount); |
| 1667 |
|
memcpy(new, string, (size_t) byteIndex); |
| 1668 |
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex, value); |
| 1669 |
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex + byteCount, string + byteIndex); |
| 1670 |
|
|
| 1671 |
|
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY || |
| 1672 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) && |
| 1673 |
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, value, new, index, |
| 1674 |
|
VALIDATE_INSERT) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1675 |
|
ckfree(new); |
| 1676 |
|
return; |
| 1677 |
|
} |
| 1678 |
|
|
| 1679 |
|
ckfree(string); |
| 1680 |
|
entryPtr->string = new; |
| 1681 |
|
|
| 1682 |
|
/* |
| 1683 |
|
* The following construction is used because inserting improperly |
| 1684 |
|
* formed UTF-8 sequences between other improperly formed UTF-8 |
| 1685 |
|
* sequences could result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; |
| 1686 |
|
* the number of characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), |
| 1687 |
|
* because of context. The actual number of characters added is how |
| 1688 |
|
* many characters are in the string now minus the number that |
| 1689 |
|
* used to be there. |
| 1690 |
|
*/ |
| 1691 |
|
|
| 1692 |
|
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 1693 |
|
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(new, -1); |
| 1694 |
|
charsAdded = entryPtr->numChars - oldChars; |
| 1695 |
|
entryPtr->numBytes += byteCount; |
| 1696 |
|
|
| 1697 |
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) { |
| 1698 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = new; |
| 1699 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
| 1700 |
|
} |
| 1701 |
|
|
| 1702 |
|
/* |
| 1703 |
|
* Inserting characters invalidates all indexes into the string. |
| 1704 |
|
* Touch up the indexes so that they still refer to the same |
| 1705 |
|
* characters (at new positions). When updating the selection |
| 1706 |
|
* end-points, don't include the new text in the selection unless |
| 1707 |
|
* it was completely surrounded by the selection. |
| 1708 |
|
*/ |
| 1709 |
|
|
| 1710 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) { |
| 1711 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded; |
| 1712 |
|
} |
| 1713 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast > index) { |
| 1714 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast += charsAdded; |
| 1715 |
|
} |
| 1716 |
|
if ((entryPtr->selectAnchor > index) |
| 1717 |
|
|| (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index)) { |
| 1718 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded; |
| 1719 |
|
} |
| 1720 |
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) { |
| 1721 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex += charsAdded; |
| 1722 |
|
} |
| 1723 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) { |
| 1724 |
|
entryPtr->insertPos += charsAdded; |
| 1725 |
|
} |
| 1726 |
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
| 1727 |
|
} |
| 1728 |
|
|
| 1729 |
|
/* |
| 1730 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1731 |
|
* |
| 1732 |
|
* DeleteChars -- |
| 1733 |
|
* |
| 1734 |
|
* Remove one or more characters from an entry widget. |
| 1735 |
|
* |
| 1736 |
|
* Results: |
| 1737 |
|
* None. |
| 1738 |
|
* |
| 1739 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1740 |
|
* Memory gets freed, the entry gets modified and (eventually) |
| 1741 |
|
* redisplayed. |
| 1742 |
|
* |
| 1743 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1744 |
|
*/ |
| 1745 |
|
|
| 1746 |
|
static void |
| 1747 |
|
DeleteChars(entryPtr, index, count) |
| 1748 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry widget to modify. */ |
| 1749 |
|
int index; /* Index of first character to delete. */ |
| 1750 |
|
int count; /* How many characters to delete. */ |
| 1751 |
|
{ |
| 1752 |
|
int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount; |
| 1753 |
|
char *new, *string, *todelete; |
| 1754 |
|
|
| 1755 |
|
if ((index + count) > entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1756 |
|
count = entryPtr->numChars - index; |
| 1757 |
|
} |
| 1758 |
|
if (count <= 0) { |
| 1759 |
|
return; |
| 1760 |
|
} |
| 1761 |
|
|
| 1762 |
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
| 1763 |
|
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string; |
| 1764 |
|
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string + byteIndex, count) - (string + byteIndex); |
| 1765 |
|
|
| 1766 |
|
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount; |
| 1767 |
|
new = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount); |
| 1768 |
|
memcpy(new, string, (size_t) byteIndex); |
| 1769 |
|
strcpy(new + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount); |
| 1770 |
|
|
| 1771 |
|
todelete = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (byteCount + 1)); |
| 1772 |
|
memcpy(todelete, string + byteIndex, (size_t) byteCount); |
| 1773 |
|
todelete[byteCount] = '\0'; |
| 1774 |
|
|
| 1775 |
|
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY || |
| 1776 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) && |
| 1777 |
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, todelete, new, index, |
| 1778 |
|
VALIDATE_DELETE) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1779 |
|
ckfree(new); |
| 1780 |
|
ckfree(todelete); |
| 1781 |
|
return; |
| 1782 |
|
} |
| 1783 |
|
|
| 1784 |
|
ckfree(todelete); |
| 1785 |
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
| 1786 |
|
entryPtr->string = new; |
| 1787 |
|
entryPtr->numChars -= count; |
| 1788 |
|
entryPtr->numBytes -= byteCount; |
| 1789 |
|
|
| 1790 |
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) { |
| 1791 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = new; |
| 1792 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
| 1793 |
|
} |
| 1794 |
|
|
| 1795 |
|
/* |
| 1796 |
|
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being |
| 1797 |
|
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect |
| 1798 |
|
* this change. |
| 1799 |
|
*/ |
| 1800 |
|
|
| 1801 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) { |
| 1802 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= (index + count)) { |
| 1803 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst -= count; |
| 1804 |
|
} else { |
| 1805 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = index; |
| 1806 |
|
} |
| 1807 |
|
} |
| 1808 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= index) { |
| 1809 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= (index + count)) { |
| 1810 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast -= count; |
| 1811 |
|
} else { |
| 1812 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = index; |
| 1813 |
|
} |
| 1814 |
|
} |
| 1815 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectLast <= entryPtr->selectFirst) { |
| 1816 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 1817 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 1818 |
|
} |
| 1819 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= index) { |
| 1820 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= (index+count)) { |
| 1821 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor -= count; |
| 1822 |
|
} else { |
| 1823 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index; |
| 1824 |
|
} |
| 1825 |
|
} |
| 1826 |
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) { |
| 1827 |
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= (index + count)) { |
| 1828 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex -= count; |
| 1829 |
|
} else { |
| 1830 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = index; |
| 1831 |
|
} |
| 1832 |
|
} |
| 1833 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) { |
| 1834 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= (index + count)) { |
| 1835 |
|
entryPtr->insertPos -= count; |
| 1836 |
|
} else { |
| 1837 |
|
entryPtr->insertPos = index; |
| 1838 |
|
} |
| 1839 |
|
} |
| 1840 |
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr); |
| 1841 |
|
} |
| 1842 |
|
|
| 1843 |
|
/* |
| 1844 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1845 |
|
* |
| 1846 |
|
* EntryValueChanged -- |
| 1847 |
|
* |
| 1848 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when characters are inserted into |
| 1849 |
|
* an entry or deleted from it. It updates the entry's associated |
| 1850 |
|
* variable, if there is one, and does other bookkeeping such |
| 1851 |
|
* as arranging for redisplay. |
| 1852 |
|
* |
| 1853 |
|
* Results: |
| 1854 |
|
* None. |
| 1855 |
|
* |
| 1856 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1857 |
|
* None. |
| 1858 |
|
* |
| 1859 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1860 |
|
*/ |
| 1861 |
|
|
| 1862 |
|
static void |
| 1863 |
|
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr) |
| 1864 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry whose value just changed. */ |
| 1865 |
|
{ |
| 1866 |
|
char *newValue; |
| 1867 |
|
|
| 1868 |
|
if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) { |
| 1869 |
|
newValue = NULL; |
| 1870 |
|
} else { |
| 1871 |
|
newValue = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
| 1872 |
|
entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 1873 |
|
} |
| 1874 |
|
|
| 1875 |
|
if ((newValue != NULL) && (strcmp(newValue, entryPtr->string) != 0)) { |
| 1876 |
|
/* |
| 1877 |
|
* The value of the variable is different than what we asked for. |
| 1878 |
|
* This means that a trace on the variable modified it. In this |
| 1879 |
|
* case our trace procedure wasn't invoked since the modification |
| 1880 |
|
* came while a trace was already active on the variable. So, |
| 1881 |
|
* update our value to reflect the variable's latest value. |
| 1882 |
|
*/ |
| 1883 |
|
|
| 1884 |
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, newValue); |
| 1885 |
|
} else { |
| 1886 |
|
/* |
| 1887 |
|
* Arrange for redisplay. |
| 1888 |
|
*/ |
| 1889 |
|
|
| 1890 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 1891 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 1892 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 1893 |
|
} |
| 1894 |
|
} |
| 1895 |
|
|
| 1896 |
|
/* |
| 1897 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1898 |
|
* |
| 1899 |
|
* EntrySetValue -- |
| 1900 |
|
* |
| 1901 |
|
* Replace the contents of a text entry with a given value. This |
| 1902 |
|
* procedure is invoked when updating the entry from the entry's |
| 1903 |
|
* associated variable. |
| 1904 |
|
* |
| 1905 |
|
* Results: |
| 1906 |
|
* None. |
| 1907 |
|
* |
| 1908 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1909 |
|
* The string displayed in the entry will change. The selection, |
| 1910 |
|
* insertion point, and view may have to be adjusted to keep them |
| 1911 |
|
* within the bounds of the new string. Note: this procedure does |
| 1912 |
|
* *not* update the entry's associated variable, since that could |
| 1913 |
|
* result in an infinite loop. |
| 1914 |
|
* |
| 1915 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1916 |
|
*/ |
| 1917 |
|
|
| 1918 |
|
static void |
| 1919 |
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value) |
| 1920 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry whose value is to be changed. */ |
| 1921 |
|
char *value; /* New text to display in entry. */ |
| 1922 |
|
{ |
| 1923 |
|
char *oldSource; |
| 1924 |
|
int code, valueLen, malloced = 0; |
| 1925 |
|
|
| 1926 |
|
if (strcmp(value, entryPtr->string) == 0) { |
| 1927 |
|
return; |
| 1928 |
|
} |
| 1929 |
|
valueLen = strlen(value); |
| 1930 |
|
|
| 1931 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR) { |
| 1932 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATE_ABORT; |
| 1933 |
|
} else { |
| 1934 |
|
/* |
| 1935 |
|
* If we validate, we create a copy of the value, as it may |
| 1936 |
|
* point to volatile memory, like the value of the -textvar |
| 1937 |
|
* which may get freed during validation |
| 1938 |
|
*/ |
| 1939 |
|
oldSource = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1)); |
| 1940 |
|
strcpy(oldSource, value); |
| 1941 |
|
value = oldSource; |
| 1942 |
|
malloced = 1; |
| 1943 |
|
|
| 1944 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATE_VAR; |
| 1945 |
|
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, value, -1, |
| 1946 |
|
VALIDATE_FORCED); |
| 1947 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATE_VAR; |
| 1948 |
|
/* |
| 1949 |
|
* If VALIDATE_ABORT has been set, then this operation should be |
| 1950 |
|
* aborted because the validatecommand did something else instead |
| 1951 |
|
*/ |
| 1952 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_ABORT) { |
| 1953 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATE_ABORT; |
| 1954 |
|
ckfree(value); |
| 1955 |
|
return; |
| 1956 |
|
} |
| 1957 |
|
} |
| 1958 |
|
|
| 1959 |
|
oldSource = entryPtr->string; |
| 1960 |
|
ckfree(entryPtr->string); |
| 1961 |
|
|
| 1962 |
|
if (malloced) { |
| 1963 |
|
entryPtr->string = value; |
| 1964 |
|
} else { |
| 1965 |
|
entryPtr->string = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1)); |
| 1966 |
|
strcpy(entryPtr->string, value); |
| 1967 |
|
} |
| 1968 |
|
entryPtr->numBytes = valueLen; |
| 1969 |
|
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, valueLen); |
| 1970 |
|
|
| 1971 |
|
if (entryPtr->displayString == oldSource) { |
| 1972 |
|
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
| 1973 |
|
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes; |
| 1974 |
|
} |
| 1975 |
|
|
| 1976 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) { |
| 1977 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1978 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 1979 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 1980 |
|
} else if (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1981 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 1982 |
|
} |
| 1983 |
|
} |
| 1984 |
|
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1985 |
|
if (entryPtr->numChars > 0) { |
| 1986 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
| 1987 |
|
} else { |
| 1988 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0; |
| 1989 |
|
} |
| 1990 |
|
} |
| 1991 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertPos > entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 1992 |
|
entryPtr->insertPos = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 1993 |
|
} |
| 1994 |
|
|
| 1995 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 1996 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 1997 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 1998 |
|
} |
| 1999 |
|
|
| 2000 |
|
/* |
| 2001 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2002 |
|
* |
| 2003 |
|
* EntryEventProc -- |
| 2004 |
|
* |
| 2005 |
|
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various |
| 2006 |
|
* events on entryes. |
| 2007 |
|
* |
| 2008 |
|
* Results: |
| 2009 |
|
* None. |
| 2010 |
|
* |
| 2011 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2012 |
|
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get |
| 2013 |
|
* cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. |
| 2014 |
|
* |
| 2015 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2016 |
|
*/ |
| 2017 |
|
|
| 2018 |
|
static void |
| 2019 |
|
EntryEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) |
| 2020 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */ |
| 2021 |
|
XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */ |
| 2022 |
|
{ |
| 2023 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2024 |
|
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { |
| 2025 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2026 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= BORDER_NEEDED; |
| 2027 |
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { |
| 2028 |
|
DestroyEntry((char *) clientData); |
| 2029 |
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { |
| 2030 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2031 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 2032 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 2033 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2034 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2035 |
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { |
| 2036 |
|
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { |
| 2037 |
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 1); |
| 2038 |
|
} |
| 2039 |
|
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { |
| 2040 |
|
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { |
| 2041 |
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, 0); |
| 2042 |
|
} |
| 2043 |
|
} |
| 2044 |
|
} |
| 2045 |
|
|
| 2046 |
|
/* |
| 2047 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2048 |
|
* |
| 2049 |
|
* EntryCmdDeletedProc -- |
| 2050 |
|
* |
| 2051 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted. If |
| 2052 |
|
* the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed, |
| 2053 |
|
* this command destroys it. |
| 2054 |
|
* |
| 2055 |
|
* Results: |
| 2056 |
|
* None. |
| 2057 |
|
* |
| 2058 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2059 |
|
* The widget is destroyed. |
| 2060 |
|
* |
| 2061 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2062 |
|
*/ |
| 2063 |
|
|
| 2064 |
|
static void |
| 2065 |
|
EntryCmdDeletedProc(clientData) |
| 2066 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ |
| 2067 |
|
{ |
| 2068 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2069 |
|
|
| 2070 |
|
/* |
| 2071 |
|
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was |
| 2072 |
|
* destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin |
| 2073 |
|
* is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure |
| 2074 |
|
* destroys the widget. |
| 2075 |
|
*/ |
| 2076 |
|
|
| 2077 |
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) { |
| 2078 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 2079 |
|
} |
| 2080 |
|
} |
| 2081 |
|
|
| 2082 |
|
/* |
| 2083 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2084 |
|
* |
| 2085 |
|
* GetEntryIndex -- |
| 2086 |
|
* |
| 2087 |
|
* Parse an index into an entry and return either its value |
| 2088 |
|
* or an error. |
| 2089 |
|
* |
| 2090 |
|
* Results: |
| 2091 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is |
| 2092 |
|
* filled in with the character index (into entryPtr) corresponding to |
| 2093 |
|
* string. The index value is guaranteed to lie between 0 and |
| 2094 |
|
* the number of characters in the string, inclusive. If an |
| 2095 |
|
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result. |
| 2096 |
|
* |
| 2097 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2098 |
|
* None. |
| 2099 |
|
* |
| 2100 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2101 |
|
*/ |
| 2102 |
|
|
| 2103 |
|
static int |
| 2104 |
|
GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, string, indexPtr) |
| 2105 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* For error messages. */ |
| 2106 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry for which the index is being |
| 2107 |
|
* specified. */ |
| 2108 |
|
char *string; /* Specifies character in entryPtr. */ |
| 2109 |
|
int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted character |
| 2110 |
|
* index. */ |
| 2111 |
|
{ |
| 2112 |
|
size_t length; |
| 2113 |
|
|
| 2114 |
|
length = strlen(string); |
| 2115 |
|
|
| 2116 |
|
if (string[0] == 'a') { |
| 2117 |
|
if (strncmp(string, "anchor", length) == 0) { |
| 2118 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
| 2119 |
|
} else { |
| 2120 |
|
badIndex: |
| 2121 |
|
|
| 2122 |
|
/* |
| 2123 |
|
* Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, |
| 2124 |
|
* so we have to clear it out before storing our own message. |
| 2125 |
|
*/ |
| 2126 |
|
|
| 2127 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
| 2128 |
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad entry index \"", string, |
| 2129 |
|
"\"", (char *) NULL); |
| 2130 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2131 |
|
} |
| 2132 |
|
} else if (string[0] == 'e') { |
| 2133 |
|
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) { |
| 2134 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 2135 |
|
} else { |
| 2136 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2137 |
|
} |
| 2138 |
|
} else if (string[0] == 'i') { |
| 2139 |
|
if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) { |
| 2140 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->insertPos; |
| 2141 |
|
} else { |
| 2142 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2143 |
|
} |
| 2144 |
|
} else if (string[0] == 's') { |
| 2145 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) { |
| 2146 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "selection isn't in entry", TCL_STATIC); |
| 2147 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2148 |
|
} |
| 2149 |
|
if (length < 5) { |
| 2150 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2151 |
|
} |
| 2152 |
|
if (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0) { |
| 2153 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectFirst; |
| 2154 |
|
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.last", length) == 0) { |
| 2155 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectLast; |
| 2156 |
|
} else { |
| 2157 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2158 |
|
} |
| 2159 |
|
} else if (string[0] == '@') { |
| 2160 |
|
int x, roundUp; |
| 2161 |
|
|
| 2162 |
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string + 1, &x) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2163 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2164 |
|
} |
| 2165 |
|
if (x < entryPtr->inset) { |
| 2166 |
|
x = entryPtr->inset; |
| 2167 |
|
} |
| 2168 |
|
roundUp = 0; |
| 2169 |
|
if (x >= (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset)) { |
| 2170 |
|
x = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - 1; |
| 2171 |
|
roundUp = 1; |
| 2172 |
|
} |
| 2173 |
|
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, |
| 2174 |
|
x - entryPtr->layoutX, 0); |
| 2175 |
|
|
| 2176 |
|
/* |
| 2177 |
|
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right, |
| 2178 |
|
* round the index up to refer to the character just after the |
| 2179 |
|
* last visible one on the screen. This is needed to enable the |
| 2180 |
|
* last character to be selected, for example. |
| 2181 |
|
*/ |
| 2182 |
|
|
| 2183 |
|
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->numChars)) { |
| 2184 |
|
*indexPtr += 1; |
| 2185 |
|
} |
| 2186 |
|
} else { |
| 2187 |
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2188 |
|
goto badIndex; |
| 2189 |
|
} |
| 2190 |
|
if (*indexPtr < 0){ |
| 2191 |
|
*indexPtr = 0; |
| 2192 |
|
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 2193 |
|
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 2194 |
|
} |
| 2195 |
|
} |
| 2196 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2197 |
|
} |
| 2198 |
|
|
| 2199 |
|
/* |
| 2200 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2201 |
|
* |
| 2202 |
|
* EntryScanTo -- |
| 2203 |
|
* |
| 2204 |
|
* Given a y-coordinate (presumably of the curent mouse location) |
| 2205 |
|
* drag the view in the window to implement the scan operation. |
| 2206 |
|
* |
| 2207 |
|
* Results: |
| 2208 |
|
* None. |
| 2209 |
|
* |
| 2210 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2211 |
|
* The view in the window may change. |
| 2212 |
|
* |
| 2213 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2214 |
|
*/ |
| 2215 |
|
|
| 2216 |
|
static void |
| 2217 |
|
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x) |
| 2218 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 2219 |
|
int x; /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */ |
| 2220 |
|
{ |
| 2221 |
|
int newLeftIndex; |
| 2222 |
|
|
| 2223 |
|
/* |
| 2224 |
|
* Compute new leftIndex for entry by amplifying the difference |
| 2225 |
|
* between the current position and the place where the scan |
| 2226 |
|
* started (the "mark" position). If we run off the left or right |
| 2227 |
|
* side of the entry, then reset the mark point so that the current |
| 2228 |
|
* position continues to correspond to the edge of the window. |
| 2229 |
|
* This means that the picture will start dragging as soon as the |
| 2230 |
|
* mouse reverses direction (without this reset, might have to slide |
| 2231 |
|
* mouse a long ways back before the picture starts moving again). |
| 2232 |
|
*/ |
| 2233 |
|
|
| 2234 |
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex |
| 2235 |
|
- (10 * (x - entryPtr->scanMarkX)) / entryPtr->avgWidth; |
| 2236 |
|
if (newLeftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 2237 |
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1; |
| 2238 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
| 2239 |
|
} |
| 2240 |
|
if (newLeftIndex < 0) { |
| 2241 |
|
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0; |
| 2242 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
| 2243 |
|
} |
| 2244 |
|
|
| 2245 |
|
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
| 2246 |
|
entryPtr->leftIndex = newLeftIndex; |
| 2247 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; |
| 2248 |
|
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); |
| 2249 |
|
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) { |
| 2250 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex; |
| 2251 |
|
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x; |
| 2252 |
|
} |
| 2253 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2254 |
|
} |
| 2255 |
|
} |
| 2256 |
|
|
| 2257 |
|
/* |
| 2258 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2259 |
|
* |
| 2260 |
|
* EntrySelectTo -- |
| 2261 |
|
* |
| 2262 |
|
* Modify the selection by moving its un-anchored end. This could |
| 2263 |
|
* make the selection either larger or smaller. |
| 2264 |
|
* |
| 2265 |
|
* Results: |
| 2266 |
|
* None. |
| 2267 |
|
* |
| 2268 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2269 |
|
* The selection changes. |
| 2270 |
|
* |
| 2271 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2272 |
|
*/ |
| 2273 |
|
|
| 2274 |
|
static void |
| 2275 |
|
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index) |
| 2276 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 2277 |
|
int index; /* Character index of element that is to |
| 2278 |
|
* become the "other" end of the selection. */ |
| 2279 |
|
{ |
| 2280 |
|
int newFirst, newLast; |
| 2281 |
|
|
| 2282 |
|
/* |
| 2283 |
|
* Grab the selection if we don't own it already. |
| 2284 |
|
*/ |
| 2285 |
|
|
| 2286 |
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
| 2287 |
|
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, |
| 2288 |
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2289 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; |
| 2290 |
|
} |
| 2291 |
|
|
| 2292 |
|
/* |
| 2293 |
|
* Pick new starting and ending points for the selection. |
| 2294 |
|
*/ |
| 2295 |
|
|
| 2296 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor > entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 2297 |
|
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->numChars; |
| 2298 |
|
} |
| 2299 |
|
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor <= index) { |
| 2300 |
|
newFirst = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
| 2301 |
|
newLast = index; |
| 2302 |
|
} else { |
| 2303 |
|
newFirst = index; |
| 2304 |
|
newLast = entryPtr->selectAnchor; |
| 2305 |
|
if (newLast < 0) { |
| 2306 |
|
newFirst = newLast = -1; |
| 2307 |
|
} |
| 2308 |
|
} |
| 2309 |
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst == newFirst) |
| 2310 |
|
&& (entryPtr->selectLast == newLast)) { |
| 2311 |
|
return; |
| 2312 |
|
} |
| 2313 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = newFirst; |
| 2314 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = newLast; |
| 2315 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2316 |
|
} |
| 2317 |
|
|
| 2318 |
|
/* |
| 2319 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2320 |
|
* |
| 2321 |
|
* EntryFetchSelection -- |
| 2322 |
|
* |
| 2323 |
|
* This procedure is called back by Tk when the selection is |
| 2324 |
|
* requested by someone. It returns part or all of the selection |
| 2325 |
|
* in a buffer provided by the caller. |
| 2326 |
|
* |
| 2327 |
|
* Results: |
| 2328 |
|
* The return value is the number of non-NULL bytes stored |
| 2329 |
|
* at buffer. Buffer is filled (or partially filled) with a |
| 2330 |
|
* NULL-terminated string containing part or all of the selection, |
| 2331 |
|
* as given by offset and maxBytes. |
| 2332 |
|
* |
| 2333 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2334 |
|
* None. |
| 2335 |
|
* |
| 2336 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2337 |
|
*/ |
| 2338 |
|
|
| 2339 |
|
static int |
| 2340 |
|
EntryFetchSelection(clientData, offset, buffer, maxBytes) |
| 2341 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
| 2342 |
|
int offset; /* Byte offset within selection of first |
| 2343 |
|
* character to be returned. */ |
| 2344 |
|
char *buffer; /* Location in which to place selection. */ |
| 2345 |
|
int maxBytes; /* Maximum number of bytes to place at |
| 2346 |
|
* buffer, not including terminating NULL |
| 2347 |
|
* character. */ |
| 2348 |
|
{ |
| 2349 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2350 |
|
int byteCount; |
| 2351 |
|
char *string, *selStart, *selEnd; |
| 2352 |
|
|
| 2353 |
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) { |
| 2354 |
|
return -1; |
| 2355 |
|
} |
| 2356 |
|
string = entryPtr->displayString; |
| 2357 |
|
selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst); |
| 2358 |
|
selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart, |
| 2359 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst); |
| 2360 |
|
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset; |
| 2361 |
|
if (byteCount > maxBytes) { |
| 2362 |
|
byteCount = maxBytes; |
| 2363 |
|
} |
| 2364 |
|
if (byteCount <= 0) { |
| 2365 |
|
return 0; |
| 2366 |
|
} |
| 2367 |
|
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount); |
| 2368 |
|
buffer[byteCount] = '\0'; |
| 2369 |
|
return byteCount; |
| 2370 |
|
} |
| 2371 |
|
|
| 2372 |
|
/* |
| 2373 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2374 |
|
* |
| 2375 |
|
* EntryLostSelection -- |
| 2376 |
|
* |
| 2377 |
|
* This procedure is called back by Tk when the selection is |
| 2378 |
|
* grabbed away from an entry widget. |
| 2379 |
|
* |
| 2380 |
|
* Results: |
| 2381 |
|
* None. |
| 2382 |
|
* |
| 2383 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2384 |
|
* The existing selection is unhighlighted, and the window is |
| 2385 |
|
* marked as not containing a selection. |
| 2386 |
|
* |
| 2387 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2388 |
|
*/ |
| 2389 |
|
|
| 2390 |
|
static void |
| 2391 |
|
EntryLostSelection(clientData) |
| 2392 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about entry widget. */ |
| 2393 |
|
{ |
| 2394 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2395 |
|
|
| 2396 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION; |
| 2397 |
|
|
| 2398 |
|
/* |
| 2399 |
|
* On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection |
| 2400 |
|
* for the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need |
| 2401 |
|
* to clear the selection since it is always visible. |
| 2402 |
|
*/ |
| 2403 |
|
|
| 2404 |
|
#ifdef ALWAYS_SHOW_SELECTION |
| 2405 |
|
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) { |
| 2406 |
|
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 2407 |
|
entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 2408 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2409 |
|
} |
| 2410 |
|
#endif |
| 2411 |
|
} |
| 2412 |
|
|
| 2413 |
|
/* |
| 2414 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2415 |
|
* |
| 2416 |
|
* EventuallyRedraw -- |
| 2417 |
|
* |
| 2418 |
|
* Ensure that an entry is eventually redrawn on the display. |
| 2419 |
|
* |
| 2420 |
|
* Results: |
| 2421 |
|
* None. |
| 2422 |
|
* |
| 2423 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2424 |
|
* Information gets redisplayed. Right now we don't do selective |
| 2425 |
|
* redisplays: the whole window will be redrawn. This doesn't |
| 2426 |
|
* seem to hurt performance noticeably, but if it does then this |
| 2427 |
|
* could be changed. |
| 2428 |
|
* |
| 2429 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2430 |
|
*/ |
| 2431 |
|
|
| 2432 |
|
static void |
| 2433 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr) |
| 2434 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 2435 |
|
{ |
| 2436 |
|
if ((entryPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(entryPtr->tkwin)) { |
| 2437 |
|
return; |
| 2438 |
|
} |
| 2439 |
|
|
| 2440 |
|
/* |
| 2441 |
|
* Right now we don't do selective redisplays: the whole window |
| 2442 |
|
* will be redrawn. This doesn't seem to hurt performance noticeably, |
| 2443 |
|
* but if it does then this could be changed. |
| 2444 |
|
*/ |
| 2445 |
|
|
| 2446 |
|
if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { |
| 2447 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 2448 |
|
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2449 |
|
} |
| 2450 |
|
} |
| 2451 |
|
|
| 2452 |
|
/* |
| 2453 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2454 |
|
* |
| 2455 |
|
* EntryVisibleRange -- |
| 2456 |
|
* |
| 2457 |
|
* Return information about the range of the entry that is |
| 2458 |
|
* currently visible. |
| 2459 |
|
* |
| 2460 |
|
* Results: |
| 2461 |
|
* *firstPtr and *lastPtr are modified to hold fractions between |
| 2462 |
|
* 0 and 1 identifying the range of characters visible in the |
| 2463 |
|
* entry. |
| 2464 |
|
* |
| 2465 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2466 |
|
* None. |
| 2467 |
|
* |
| 2468 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2469 |
|
*/ |
| 2470 |
|
|
| 2471 |
|
static void |
| 2472 |
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, firstPtr, lastPtr) |
| 2473 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 2474 |
|
double *firstPtr; /* Return position of first visible |
| 2475 |
|
* character in widget. */ |
| 2476 |
|
double *lastPtr; /* Return position of char just after last |
| 2477 |
|
* visible one. */ |
| 2478 |
|
{ |
| 2479 |
|
int charsInWindow; |
| 2480 |
|
|
| 2481 |
|
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) { |
| 2482 |
|
*firstPtr = 0.0; |
| 2483 |
|
*lastPtr = 1.0; |
| 2484 |
|
} else { |
| 2485 |
|
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, |
| 2486 |
|
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset |
| 2487 |
|
- entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0); |
| 2488 |
|
if (charsInWindow < entryPtr->numChars) { |
| 2489 |
|
charsInWindow++; |
| 2490 |
|
} |
| 2491 |
|
charsInWindow -= entryPtr->leftIndex; |
| 2492 |
|
if (charsInWindow == 0) { |
| 2493 |
|
charsInWindow = 1; |
| 2494 |
|
} |
| 2495 |
|
|
| 2496 |
|
*firstPtr = (double) entryPtr->leftIndex / entryPtr->numChars; |
| 2497 |
|
*lastPtr = (double) (entryPtr->leftIndex + charsInWindow) |
| 2498 |
|
/ entryPtr->numChars; |
| 2499 |
|
} |
| 2500 |
|
} |
| 2501 |
|
|
| 2502 |
|
/* |
| 2503 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2504 |
|
* |
| 2505 |
|
* EntryUpdateScrollbar -- |
| 2506 |
|
* |
| 2507 |
|
* This procedure is invoked whenever information has changed in |
| 2508 |
|
* an entry in a way that would invalidate a scrollbar display. |
| 2509 |
|
* If there is an associated scrollbar, then this procedure updates |
| 2510 |
|
* it by invoking a Tcl command. |
| 2511 |
|
* |
| 2512 |
|
* Results: |
| 2513 |
|
* None. |
| 2514 |
|
* |
| 2515 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2516 |
|
* A Tcl command is invoked, and an additional command may be |
| 2517 |
|
* invoked to process errors in the command. |
| 2518 |
|
* |
| 2519 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2520 |
|
*/ |
| 2521 |
|
|
| 2522 |
|
static void |
| 2523 |
|
EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr) |
| 2524 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 2525 |
|
{ |
| 2526 |
|
char args[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2]; |
| 2527 |
|
int code; |
| 2528 |
|
double first, last; |
| 2529 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
| 2530 |
|
|
| 2531 |
|
if (entryPtr->scrollCmd == NULL) { |
| 2532 |
|
return; |
| 2533 |
|
} |
| 2534 |
|
|
| 2535 |
|
interp = entryPtr->interp; |
| 2536 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); |
| 2537 |
|
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last); |
| 2538 |
|
sprintf(args, " %g %g", first, last); |
| 2539 |
|
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, args, (char *) NULL); |
| 2540 |
|
if (code != TCL_OK) { |
| 2541 |
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
| 2542 |
|
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by entry)"); |
| 2543 |
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
| 2544 |
|
} |
| 2545 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
| 2546 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); |
| 2547 |
|
} |
| 2548 |
|
|
| 2549 |
|
/* |
| 2550 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2551 |
|
* |
| 2552 |
|
* EntryBlinkProc -- |
| 2553 |
|
* |
| 2554 |
|
* This procedure is called as a timer handler to blink the |
| 2555 |
|
* insertion cursor off and on. |
| 2556 |
|
* |
| 2557 |
|
* Results: |
| 2558 |
|
* None. |
| 2559 |
|
* |
| 2560 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2561 |
|
* The cursor gets turned on or off, redisplay gets invoked, |
| 2562 |
|
* and this procedure reschedules itself. |
| 2563 |
|
* |
| 2564 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2565 |
|
*/ |
| 2566 |
|
|
| 2567 |
|
static void |
| 2568 |
|
EntryBlinkProc(clientData) |
| 2569 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to record describing entry. */ |
| 2570 |
|
{ |
| 2571 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2572 |
|
|
| 2573 |
|
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) || |
| 2574 |
|
!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) || (entryPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) { |
| 2575 |
|
return; |
| 2576 |
|
} |
| 2577 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) { |
| 2578 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON; |
| 2579 |
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
| 2580 |
|
entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2581 |
|
} else { |
| 2582 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= CURSOR_ON; |
| 2583 |
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
| 2584 |
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2585 |
|
} |
| 2586 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2587 |
|
} |
| 2588 |
|
|
| 2589 |
|
/* |
| 2590 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2591 |
|
* |
| 2592 |
|
* EntryFocusProc -- |
| 2593 |
|
* |
| 2594 |
|
* This procedure is called whenever the entry gets or loses the |
| 2595 |
|
* input focus. It's also called whenever the window is reconfigured |
| 2596 |
|
* while it has the focus. |
| 2597 |
|
* |
| 2598 |
|
* Results: |
| 2599 |
|
* None. |
| 2600 |
|
* |
| 2601 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2602 |
|
* The cursor gets turned on or off. |
| 2603 |
|
* |
| 2604 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2605 |
|
*/ |
| 2606 |
|
|
| 2607 |
|
static void |
| 2608 |
|
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, gotFocus) |
| 2609 |
|
Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that got or lost focus. */ |
| 2610 |
|
int gotFocus; /* 1 means window is getting focus, 0 means |
| 2611 |
|
* it's losing it. */ |
| 2612 |
|
{ |
| 2613 |
|
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler); |
| 2614 |
|
if (gotFocus) { |
| 2615 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON; |
| 2616 |
|
if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) { |
| 2617 |
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
| 2618 |
|
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, |
| 2619 |
|
(ClientData) entryPtr); |
| 2620 |
|
} |
| 2621 |
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || |
| 2622 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || |
| 2623 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) { |
| 2624 |
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
| 2625 |
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSIN); |
| 2626 |
|
} |
| 2627 |
|
} else { |
| 2628 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON); |
| 2629 |
|
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; |
| 2630 |
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || |
| 2631 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || |
| 2632 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) { |
| 2633 |
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, (char *) NULL, |
| 2634 |
|
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT); |
| 2635 |
|
} |
| 2636 |
|
} |
| 2637 |
|
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); |
| 2638 |
|
} |
| 2639 |
|
|
| 2640 |
|
/* |
| 2641 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2642 |
|
* |
| 2643 |
|
* EntryTextVarProc -- |
| 2644 |
|
* |
| 2645 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when someone changes the variable |
| 2646 |
|
* whose contents are to be displayed in an entry. |
| 2647 |
|
* |
| 2648 |
|
* Results: |
| 2649 |
|
* NULL is always returned. |
| 2650 |
|
* |
| 2651 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2652 |
|
* The text displayed in the entry will change to match the |
| 2653 |
|
* variable. |
| 2654 |
|
* |
| 2655 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2656 |
|
*/ |
| 2657 |
|
|
| 2658 |
|
/* ARGSUSED */ |
| 2659 |
|
static char * |
| 2660 |
|
EntryTextVarProc(clientData, interp, name1, name2, flags) |
| 2661 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about button. */ |
| 2662 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 2663 |
|
char *name1; /* Not used. */ |
| 2664 |
|
char *name2; /* Not used. */ |
| 2665 |
|
int flags; /* Information about what happened. */ |
| 2666 |
|
{ |
| 2667 |
|
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 2668 |
|
char *value; |
| 2669 |
|
|
| 2670 |
|
/* |
| 2671 |
|
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless |
| 2672 |
|
* the whole interpreter is going away. |
| 2673 |
|
*/ |
| 2674 |
|
|
| 2675 |
|
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 2676 |
|
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { |
| 2677 |
|
Tcl_SetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, entryPtr->string, |
| 2678 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 2679 |
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, |
| 2680 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 2681 |
|
EntryTextVarProc, clientData); |
| 2682 |
|
} |
| 2683 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2684 |
|
} |
| 2685 |
|
|
| 2686 |
|
/* |
| 2687 |
|
* Update the entry's text with the value of the variable, unless |
| 2688 |
|
* the entry already has that value (this happens when the variable |
| 2689 |
|
* changes value because we changed it because someone typed in |
| 2690 |
|
* the entry). |
| 2691 |
|
*/ |
| 2692 |
|
|
| 2693 |
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 2694 |
|
if (value == NULL) { |
| 2695 |
|
value = ""; |
| 2696 |
|
} |
| 2697 |
|
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value); |
| 2698 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2699 |
|
} |
| 2700 |
|
|
| 2701 |
|
/* |
| 2702 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2703 |
|
* |
| 2704 |
|
* EntryValidate -- |
| 2705 |
|
* |
| 2706 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when any character is added or |
| 2707 |
|
* removed from the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation. |
| 2708 |
|
* |
| 2709 |
|
* Results: |
| 2710 |
|
* TCL_OK if the validatecommand passes the new string. |
| 2711 |
|
* TCL_BREAK if the vcmd executed OK, but rejects the string. |
| 2712 |
|
* TCL_ERROR if an error occurred while executing the vcmd |
| 2713 |
|
* or a valid Tcl_Bool is not returned. |
| 2714 |
|
* |
| 2715 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2716 |
|
* An error condition may arise |
| 2717 |
|
* |
| 2718 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2719 |
|
*/ |
| 2720 |
|
|
| 2721 |
|
static int |
| 2722 |
|
EntryValidate(entryPtr, cmd) |
| 2723 |
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
| 2724 |
|
register char *cmd; /* Validation command (NULL-terminated |
| 2725 |
|
* string). */ |
| 2726 |
|
{ |
| 2727 |
|
register Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->interp; |
| 2728 |
|
int code, bool; |
| 2729 |
|
|
| 2730 |
|
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT); |
| 2731 |
|
|
| 2732 |
|
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_RETURN) { |
| 2733 |
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
| 2734 |
|
"\n\t(in validation command executed by entry)"); |
| 2735 |
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
| 2736 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2737 |
|
} |
| 2738 |
|
|
| 2739 |
|
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), |
| 2740 |
|
&bool) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2741 |
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, |
| 2742 |
|
"\nvalid boolean not returned by validation command"); |
| 2743 |
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); |
| 2744 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0); |
| 2745 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2746 |
|
} |
| 2747 |
|
|
| 2748 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0); |
| 2749 |
|
return (bool ? TCL_OK : TCL_BREAK); |
| 2750 |
|
} |
| 2751 |
|
|
| 2752 |
|
/* |
| 2753 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2754 |
|
* |
| 2755 |
|
* EntryValidateChange -- |
| 2756 |
|
* |
| 2757 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when any character is added or |
| 2758 |
|
* removed from the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation. |
| 2759 |
|
* |
| 2760 |
|
* Results: |
| 2761 |
|
* TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, |
| 2762 |
|
* TCL_ERROR if any problems occured with validatecommand. |
| 2763 |
|
* |
| 2764 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2765 |
|
* The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the |
| 2766 |
|
* validatecommand might turn itself off (if an error |
| 2767 |
|
* or loop condition arises). |
| 2768 |
|
* |
| 2769 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2770 |
|
*/ |
| 2771 |
|
|
| 2772 |
|
static int |
| 2773 |
|
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, change, new, index, type) |
| 2774 |
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
| 2775 |
|
char *change; /* Characters to be added/deleted |
| 2776 |
|
* (NULL-terminated string). */ |
| 2777 |
|
char *new; /* Potential new value of entry string */ |
| 2778 |
|
int index; /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */ |
| 2779 |
|
int type; /* forced, delete, insert, |
| 2780 |
|
* focusin or focusout */ |
| 2781 |
|
{ |
| 2782 |
|
int code, varValidate = (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR); |
| 2783 |
|
char *p; |
| 2784 |
|
Tcl_DString script; |
| 2785 |
|
|
| 2786 |
|
if (entryPtr->validateCmd == NULL || |
| 2787 |
|
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE) { |
| 2788 |
|
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK); |
| 2789 |
|
} |
| 2790 |
|
|
| 2791 |
|
/* |
| 2792 |
|
* If we're already validating, then we're hitting a loop condition |
| 2793 |
|
* Return and set validate to 0 to disallow further validations |
| 2794 |
|
* and prevent current validation from finishing |
| 2795 |
|
*/ |
| 2796 |
|
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATING) { |
| 2797 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 2798 |
|
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK); |
| 2799 |
|
} |
| 2800 |
|
|
| 2801 |
|
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATING; |
| 2802 |
|
|
| 2803 |
|
/* |
| 2804 |
|
* Now form command string and run through the -validatecommand |
| 2805 |
|
*/ |
| 2806 |
|
|
| 2807 |
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&script); |
| 2808 |
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, entryPtr->validateCmd, |
| 2809 |
|
change, new, index, type, &script); |
| 2810 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1); |
| 2811 |
|
|
| 2812 |
|
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script); |
| 2813 |
|
code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p); |
| 2814 |
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&script); |
| 2815 |
|
|
| 2816 |
|
/* |
| 2817 |
|
* If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or |
| 2818 |
|
* we now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, |
| 2819 |
|
* it means that a loop condition almost occured. Do not allow |
| 2820 |
|
* this validation result to finish. |
| 2821 |
|
*/ |
| 2822 |
|
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE |
| 2823 |
|
|| (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) { |
| 2824 |
|
code = TCL_ERROR; |
| 2825 |
|
} |
| 2826 |
|
/* |
| 2827 |
|
* If validate will return ERROR, then disallow further validations |
| 2828 |
|
* Otherwise, if it didn't accept the new string (returned TCL_BREAK) |
| 2829 |
|
* then eval the invalidCmd (if it's set) |
| 2830 |
|
*/ |
| 2831 |
|
if (code == TCL_ERROR) { |
| 2832 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 2833 |
|
} else if (code == TCL_BREAK) { |
| 2834 |
|
/* |
| 2835 |
|
* If we were doing forced validation (like via a variable |
| 2836 |
|
* trace) and the command returned 0, the we turn off validation |
| 2837 |
|
* because we assume that textvariables have precedence in |
| 2838 |
|
* managing the value. We also don't call the invcmd, as it |
| 2839 |
|
* may want to do entry manipulation which the setting of the |
| 2840 |
|
* var will later wipe anyway. |
| 2841 |
|
*/ |
| 2842 |
|
if (varValidate) { |
| 2843 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 2844 |
|
} else if (entryPtr->invalidCmd != NULL) { |
| 2845 |
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&script); |
| 2846 |
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, entryPtr->invalidCmd, |
| 2847 |
|
change, new, index, type, &script); |
| 2848 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1); |
| 2849 |
|
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script); |
| 2850 |
|
if (Tcl_EvalEx(entryPtr->interp, p, -1, |
| 2851 |
|
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2852 |
|
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(entryPtr->interp, |
| 2853 |
|
"\n\t(in invalidcommand executed by entry)"); |
| 2854 |
|
Tcl_BackgroundError(entryPtr->interp); |
| 2855 |
|
code = TCL_ERROR; |
| 2856 |
|
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 2857 |
|
} |
| 2858 |
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&script); |
| 2859 |
|
} |
| 2860 |
|
} |
| 2861 |
|
|
| 2862 |
|
entryPtr->flags &= ~VALIDATING; |
| 2863 |
|
|
| 2864 |
|
return code; |
| 2865 |
|
} |
| 2866 |
|
|
| 2867 |
|
/* |
| 2868 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2869 |
|
* |
| 2870 |
|
* ExpandPercents -- |
| 2871 |
|
* |
| 2872 |
|
* Given a command and an event, produce a new command |
| 2873 |
|
* by replacing % constructs in the original command |
| 2874 |
|
* with information from the X event. |
| 2875 |
|
* |
| 2876 |
|
* Results: |
| 2877 |
|
* The new expanded command is appended to the dynamic string |
| 2878 |
|
* given by dsPtr. |
| 2879 |
|
* |
| 2880 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2881 |
|
* None. |
| 2882 |
|
* |
| 2883 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2884 |
|
*/ |
| 2885 |
|
|
| 2886 |
|
static void |
| 2887 |
|
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, before, change, new, index, type, dsPtr) |
| 2888 |
|
register Entry *entryPtr; /* Entry that needs validation. */ |
| 2889 |
|
register char *before; /* Command containing percent |
| 2890 |
|
* expressions to be replaced. */ |
| 2891 |
|
char *change; /* Characters to added/deleted |
| 2892 |
|
* (NULL-terminated string). */ |
| 2893 |
|
char *new; /* Potential new value of entry string */ |
| 2894 |
|
int index; /* index of insert/delete */ |
| 2895 |
|
int type; /* INSERT or DELETE */ |
| 2896 |
|
Tcl_DString *dsPtr; /* Dynamic string in which to append |
| 2897 |
|
* new command. */ |
| 2898 |
|
{ |
| 2899 |
|
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl |
| 2900 |
|
* list element. */ |
| 2901 |
|
int number, length; |
| 2902 |
|
register char *string; |
| 2903 |
|
Tcl_UniChar ch; |
| 2904 |
|
char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; |
| 2905 |
|
|
| 2906 |
|
while (1) { |
| 2907 |
|
if (*before == '\0') { |
| 2908 |
|
break; |
| 2909 |
|
} |
| 2910 |
|
/* |
| 2911 |
|
* Find everything up to the next % character and append it |
| 2912 |
|
* to the result string. |
| 2913 |
|
*/ |
| 2914 |
|
|
| 2915 |
|
string = before; |
| 2916 |
|
/* No need to convert '%', as it is in ascii range */ |
| 2917 |
|
string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(before, '%'); |
| 2918 |
|
if (string == (char *) NULL) { |
| 2919 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, -1); |
| 2920 |
|
break; |
| 2921 |
|
} else if (string != before) { |
| 2922 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, string-before); |
| 2923 |
|
before = string; |
| 2924 |
|
} |
| 2925 |
|
|
| 2926 |
|
/* |
| 2927 |
|
* There's a percent sequence here. Process it. |
| 2928 |
|
*/ |
| 2929 |
|
|
| 2930 |
|
before++; /* skip over % */ |
| 2931 |
|
if (*before != '\0') { |
| 2932 |
|
before += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(before, &ch); |
| 2933 |
|
} else { |
| 2934 |
|
ch = '%'; |
| 2935 |
|
} |
| 2936 |
|
switch (ch) { |
| 2937 |
|
case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */ |
| 2938 |
|
switch (type) { |
| 2939 |
|
case VALIDATE_INSERT: |
| 2940 |
|
number = 1; |
| 2941 |
|
break; |
| 2942 |
|
case VALIDATE_DELETE: |
| 2943 |
|
number = 0; |
| 2944 |
|
break; |
| 2945 |
|
default: |
| 2946 |
|
number = -1; |
| 2947 |
|
break; |
| 2948 |
|
} |
| 2949 |
|
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number); |
| 2950 |
|
string = numStorage; |
| 2951 |
|
break; |
| 2952 |
|
case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */ |
| 2953 |
|
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", index); |
| 2954 |
|
string = numStorage; |
| 2955 |
|
break; |
| 2956 |
|
case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */ |
| 2957 |
|
string = new; |
| 2958 |
|
break; |
| 2959 |
|
case 's': /* Current string value of entry */ |
| 2960 |
|
string = entryPtr->string; |
| 2961 |
|
break; |
| 2962 |
|
case 'S': /* string to be inserted/deleted, if any */ |
| 2963 |
|
string = change; |
| 2964 |
|
break; |
| 2965 |
|
case 'v': /* type of validation currently set */ |
| 2966 |
|
string = validateStrings[entryPtr->validate]; |
| 2967 |
|
break; |
| 2968 |
|
case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */ |
| 2969 |
|
switch (type) { |
| 2970 |
|
case VALIDATE_INSERT: |
| 2971 |
|
case VALIDATE_DELETE: |
| 2972 |
|
string = validateStrings[VALIDATE_KEY]; |
| 2973 |
|
break; |
| 2974 |
|
case VALIDATE_FORCED: |
| 2975 |
|
string = "forced"; |
| 2976 |
|
break; |
| 2977 |
|
default: |
| 2978 |
|
string = validateStrings[type]; |
| 2979 |
|
break; |
| 2980 |
|
} |
| 2981 |
|
break; |
| 2982 |
|
case 'W': /* widget name */ |
| 2983 |
|
string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 2984 |
|
break; |
| 2985 |
|
default: |
| 2986 |
|
length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage); |
| 2987 |
|
numStorage[length] = '\0'; |
| 2988 |
|
string = numStorage; |
| 2989 |
|
break; |
| 2990 |
|
} |
| 2991 |
|
|
| 2992 |
|
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags); |
| 2993 |
|
length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); |
| 2994 |
|
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); |
| 2995 |
|
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ConvertCountedElement(string, -1, |
| 2996 |
|
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + length, |
| 2997 |
|
cvtFlags | TCL_DONT_USE_BRACES); |
| 2998 |
|
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); |
| 2999 |
|
} |
| 3000 |
|
} |
| 3001 |
|
|
| 3002 |
|
/* End of tkentry.c */ |
Parent Directory
| 
Revision Log
| 
Patch